As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2015
 
Securities Act File No. 333-169317
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22472


 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

 
FORM N-2 (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES)
[X] REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
[X] Pre-Effective Amendment No. 6
 
[X] REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
[X] Amendment No. 6

RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)

 
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203
(Address of principal executive offices)
 

 
(303) 623-2577
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
 

 
ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Attn: Abigail J. Murray
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100
Denver, CO 80203
 
(Name and address of agent for service)
 

 
COPY TO:
 
Stuart M. Strauss, Esq.
Allison M. Fumai, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1095 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
 

 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 

 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  [ ]

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
 
[  ] when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)
 
If appropriate, check the following box
 
[  ] This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registrations statement.
 
[  ] This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is.
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Title of Securities
Being Registered
Amount Being Registered(1)
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(2)
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee(3)
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share
1,000 shares
$20.00
$20,000
$1.43
 
(1)
Includes shares that may be offered to the Underwriters pursuant to an option to cover over-allotments.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Previously paid.
 

 



 

 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED DECEMBER 2, 2015
 
Shares
 
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.
Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
 
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is offering shares of common stock. This is the initial public offering of the Fund’s shares of common stock, and no public market exists for its common stock. The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.
 
Investment Objective. The Fund’s investment objective is total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income.   There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
No Prior History.   Because the Fund is recently organized, its common stock has no history of public trading. Common stock of closed-end funds frequently trades at prices lower than net asset value. The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their common stock in a relatively short period after the completion of this initial public offering. It is expected that the Fund’s common stock will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “RIV.”
 
You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the Fund’s common stock, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated   , 2015 (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Prospectus, the SAI (the table of contents of which is on page 63 of this Prospectus), annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders (when available) and other information about the Fund, by calling (855) 830-1222, by writing to the Fund at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203, or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.rivernorthcef.com (information included on the website does not form a part of this Prospectus), or from the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
(continued on following page)
 
Investing in Fund’s common stock involves certain risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 24 of this Prospectus.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about   , 2015.
 
   
Per Share
   
Total(1)
 
Public Offering Price
 
$
20.00
   
$
   
Sales Load(2)
 
$
0.60
   
$
   
Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund(3)
 
$
19.36
   
$
   
 
(1) The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to               additional shares of common stock at the Public Offering Price less the Sales Load within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus, solely to cover overallotments, if any. If this option is exercised in full, the total Public Offering Price, Sales Load, and Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund, will be $        , $         and $        , respectively. See “Underwriters.”
 
(2)
The Fund has agreed to pay distribution assistance fees to ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. ALPS Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”) and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Subadviser”) (and not the Fund) have agreed to pay from their own assets a structuring fee to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. The Adviser and the Subadviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering. Furthermore, the Fund has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriters.”
 
(3) The Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed to bear (a) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (b) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per share of the Fund’s common stock.  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund. See “Underwriters.”
 
         
 
Wells Fargo Securities
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel
 
         
 
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Dawson James Securities, Inc.
FBR
 
 
Henley & Company LLC
HilltopSecurities
Janney Montgomery Scott
 
 
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
J.V.B. Financial Group, LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann
 
 
Maxim Group LLC
National Securities Corporation
Newbridge Securities Corporation
 
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich
B.C. Ziegler
 
         
 
Prospectus dated  , 2015

(continued from previous page)
 
Principal Investment Strategies. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by pursuing a tactical asset allocation strategy and opportunistically investing under normal circumstances in closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs” and collectively, “Underlying Funds”). Underlying Funds also may include business development companies (“BDCs”). All Underlying Funds will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 65% of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds and at least 80% of its Managed Assets in Underlying Funds. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding). The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.
 
In selecting closed-end funds, the Subadviser will opportunistically utilize a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. The Subadviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and trading algorithms to trade closed-end funds. The Fund will invest in other Underlying Funds (that are not closed-end funds) to gain exposure to specific asset classes when the Subadviser believes closed-end fund discount or premium spreads are not attractive or to manage overall closed-end fund exposure in the Fund.
 
The Subadviser has the flexibility to change the Fund’s asset allocation based on its ongoing analysis of the equity, fixed income and alternative asset markets. The Subadviser considers various quantitative and qualitative factors relating to the domestic and foreign securities markets and economies when making asset allocation and security selection decisions. While the Subadviser continuously evaluates these factors, material shifts in the Fund’s asset class exposures will typically take place over longer periods of time.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds, but may at times establish hedging positions.  Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options and swaps.  Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be in hedging positions.  The Fund’s investments in derivatives will be included under the 65% and 80% policy noted above so long as the underlying asset of such derivatives is a closed-end fund or Underlying Fund, respectively.
 
The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), certain derivatives, such as options and swaps, cash and cash equivalents.  Such investments will not be counted towards the Fund’s 80% policy.

The Fund’s net asset value will vary and its distribution rate may vary and both may be affected by numerous factors, including changes in the market spread over a specified benchmark, market interest rates and performance. Fluctuations in net asset value may be magnified as a result of the Fund's use of leverage. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.

Contingent Conversion Feature. The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. If approved by shareholders, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. If not approved by shareholders, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed-end management investment company.

Leverage. The Fund may borrow money and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the shares of common stock than if leverage is not used. The Fund may use leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  However, the Fund is not required to decrease its use of leverage if leverage exceeds 15% but is less than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets due solely to changes in market conditions.  Based on market conditions at the time, the Fund may instead use such leverage in amounts that represent less than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings or other similar term loans.  The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage and the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  To the extent that the Fund’s exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds is 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the Fund intends to not utilize leverage directly.  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Subadviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.
 

Investment Adviser and Subadviser. The Fund’s investment adviser is ALPS Advisors, Inc. and the Fund’s subadviser is RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC.
 
The Fund’s common stock does not represent a deposit or obligation of, and is not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and is not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Prospectus Summary
1
Summary Of Fund Expenses
18
The Fund
20
Use Of Proceeds
20
Investment Objective, Strategies And Policies
20
Contingent Conversion Feature
22
Use Of Leverage
22
Risks
24
Management Of The Fund
41
Net Asset Value
43
Dividends And Distributions
43
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
45
Description Of The Common Shares
46
Certain Provisions Of The Fund’s Charter And Bylaws And Of Maryland Law
47
Repurchase Of Shares
54
Conversion To Open-End Fund
54
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
55
Underwriters
58
Custodian And Transfer Agent
61
Legal Matters
61
Additional Information
61
The Fund’s Privacy Policy
61
Table Of Contents For The Statement Of Additional Information
63
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. Neither the Fund nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither the Fund nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information provided by this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this Prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.
 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s shares of common stock offered by this Prospectus (the “Common Shares”). You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies” and “Risks.”
 
The Fund
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a Maryland corporation registered as a diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
The Offering
The Fund is offering shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The minimum purchase in this offering is 100 Common Shares ($2,000). The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional Common Shares to cover overallotments. See “Underwriters.” ALPS Advisors, Inc., the investment adviser to the Fund (the “Adviser”), and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, the subadviser to the Fund (the “Subadviser”), have agreed to bear (1) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (2) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per share of the Fund’s Common Shares. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Fund currently are estimated to be $                .  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund.
Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by pursuing a tactical asset allocation strategy and opportunistically investing under normal circumstances in closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs” and collectively, “Underlying Funds”). Underlying Funds also may include business development companies (“BDCs”). All Underlying Funds will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Subadviser has the flexibility to change the Fund’s asset allocation based on its ongoing analysis of the equity, fixed income and alternative asset markets. The Subadviser considers various quantitative and qualitative factors relating to the domestic and foreign securities markets and economies when making asset allocation and security selection decisions. While the Subadviser continuously evaluates these factors, material shifts in the Fund’s asset class exposures will typically take place over longer periods of time.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 65% of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds and at least 80% of its Managed Assets in Underlying Funds. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding). The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.  The Fund directly, and therefore holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) indirectly, will bear the expenses of the Underlying Funds.
 
1

 
Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 80% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “fixed income” Underlying Funds; (iii) no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “global equity” Underlying Funds; (iv) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “emerging market equity” Underlying Funds; (v) no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “high yield” (also known as “junk bond”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; (vi) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds; (vii) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “real estate” Underlying Funds; and (viii) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “energy master limited partnership” (“MLP”) Underlying Funds.  Underlying Funds included in the 30% limitation applicable to investments in “global equity” Underlying Funds may include Underlying Funds that invest a portion of their assets in emerging markets securities.  The Fund will also limit its investments in closed-end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs and leveraged ETFs. The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph will be categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc. The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase.
 
In selecting closed-end funds, the Subadviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. The Subadviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and algorithms to trade closed-end funds. The Subadviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:
 
Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)
 
·              Using proprietary quantitative models, the Subadviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and / or relative discounts.
 
·              The Fund will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Subadviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.
 
Corporate Actions
 
·              The Subadviser will pursue investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Subadviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders .
 
·              The Subadviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.
 
The Fund will invest in other Underlying Funds (that are not closed-end funds) to gain exposure to specific asset classes when the Subadviser believes closed-end fund discount or premium spreads are not attractive or to manage overall closed-end fund exposure in the Fund.
 
Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds, but may at times establish hedging positions.  Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options and swaps (“Hedging Positions”). Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be in Hedging Positions. When the Fund engages in a short sale, it sells a security it does not own and, to complete the sale, borrows the same security from a broker or other institution. The Fund may benefit from a short position when the shorted security decreases in value.  The Subadviser intends to use Hedging Positions to lower the Fund’s volatility but they may also be used to seek to enhance the Fund’s return.  The Fund’s investments in derivatives will be included under the 65% and 80% policy noted above so long as the underlying asset of such derivatives is a closed-end fund or Underlying Fund, respectively.
 
2

 
The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), certain derivatives, such as options and swaps, cash and cash equivalents.  Such investments will not be counted towards the Fund’s 80% policy.
 
There are no limits on the Fund’s portfolio turnover, and the Fund may buy and sell securities to take advantage of potential short-term trading opportunities without regard to length of time and when the Subadviser believes investment considerations warrant such action.
 
The Fund may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio (and not for hedging purposes) by investing in a total return swap agreement. A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate. The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly. If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty. The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Subadviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap. The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies.”
Contingent Conversion Feature
The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”). Such shareholder meeting may be adjourned or postponed in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund to a date in calendar year 2021. A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed-end management investment company. See “Conversion to Open-End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.
 
3

Use of Leverage
The Fund may borrow money and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. The Fund may use leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  However, the Fund is not required to decrease its use of leverage if leverage exceeds 15%, but is less than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets due solely to changes in market conditions.  Based on market conditions at the time, the Fund may instead use such leverage in amounts that represent less than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Subadviser will assess whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets. Leverage, if used, may take the form of a borrowing or the issuance of preferred stock, although the Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings or other similar term loans. The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage and the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  To the extent that the Fund’s exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds is 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the Fund intends to not utilize leverage directly.  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Subadviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.
 
Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions (e.g., total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock), but which are not subject to the foregoing  limitations, if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments. These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions. In addition, these transactions will entail additional expenses (e.g., transaction costs) which will be borne by the Fund.
 
If the net rate of return on the Fund’s investments purchased with the leverage proceeds exceeds the interest or dividend rate payable on the leverage, such excess earnings will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of the Fund’s Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”). If the net rate of return on the Fund’s investments purchased with leverage proceeds does not exceed the costs of leverage, the return to Common Shareholders will be less than if leverage had not been used. The use of leverage magnifies gains and losses to Common Shareholders. Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the shares of common stock than if leverage is not used.  There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
Investment Adviser and Subadviser
The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the services and facilities it provides. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the services it provides. As a result, the Adviser and the Subadviser are paid more if the Fund uses leverage, which creates a conflict of interest for the Adviser and the Subadviser. The Subadviser will seek to manage that potential conflict by utilizing leverage only when it determines such action is in the best interests of the Fund. For more information on fees and expenses, see “Summary of Fund Expenses” and “Management of the Fund.”
 
4

 
The Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses, including the management fees, of the Underlying Funds.
Administrator
ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“AFS”) is the Fund’s administrator. Under an Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), AFS is responsible for calculating net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services. AFS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.”
Dividends and Distributions
Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to implement a level distribution policy. The Fund intends to distribute to Common Shareholders regular monthly cash distributions of its net investment income. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute its net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. The Fund expects to declare its initial monthly dividend within 30 to 45 days and pay its initial monthly dividend within approximately 60 to 75 days after the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. At times, to maintain a stable level of distributions, the Fund may pay out less than all of its net investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income, or return capital, in addition to current net investment income. Any distribution that is treated as a return of capital generally will reduce a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, which may increase the capital gain or reduce the capital loss realized upon the sale of such shares. Any amounts received in excess of a shareholder’s basis are generally treated as capital gain, assuming the shares are held as capital assets.
 
The Adviser has received an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund, subject to certain terms and conditions, to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). To the extent that the Adviser relies on the exemptive order, the Fund will be required to comply with the terms and conditions therein, which, among other things, requires the Fund to make certain disclosures to shareholders and prospective shareholders regarding distributions, and would require the Fund's Board of Directors to make determinations regarding the appropriateness of use of the distribution policy. Under such a distribution policy, it is possible that the Fund might distribute more than its income and net realized capital gains; therefore, distributions to shareholders may result in a return of capital. There is no assurance that the Fund will rely on the exemptive order in the future.  See “Dividends and Distributions.”
 
In addition to regular monthly distributions, for the first year following the completion of this offering, the Fund intends to pay quarterly distributions (each, a “Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution”) to Common Shareholders if the conditions described below have been met (the “Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program”). The date on which the amount of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be measured (each, a “Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date”) for the first Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be March 15, 2016   and subsequent Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Dates will occur every three months thereafter (a “Quarterly Special Distribution Period”) on the 15th day of each such month (or, if such date is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) during the one-year period following the completion of this offering. The aggregate amount payable for each Quarterly Special Distribution Period is expected to be equal to 50% of the amount by which the net asset value of the Fund as of the applicable Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date (the “Measurement NAV”) exceeds the net asset value of the Fund as of the most recent prior Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date for which a Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution was paid (the “Benchmark NAV”). The calculation of the Measurement NAV and the Benchmark NAV will be appropriately adjusted to reflect distributions paid or to be paid by the Fund.  For purposes of calculating the Measurement NAV, the Fund will subtract from the net asset value as of the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date the amount of any regular monthly distribution not reflected in the net asset value on such date but which is declared prior to or simultaneous with the declaration of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution during that month. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Benchmark NAV, the Fund will subtract from the NAV as of the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date for the applicable prior Quarterly Special Distribution Period the amounts of any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution and regular monthly distribution that had not been reflected in the net asset value as of such date but were declared by the end of the month in which such Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date occurred.  For the purposes of the first Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution, the Benchmark NAV will be $19.36 per Common Share. There can be no assurance that the net asset value of the Fund will increase or any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be made by the Fund. The Board of Directors will review the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program from time to time and may determine to modify, suspend or cancel the program. The Fund will provide Common Shareholders with advance notice in the event of any such determination by the Board of Directors to modify, suspend or cancel the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program.  See “Risks—Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program Risk” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”  Unless an election is made to receive distributions in cash, Common Shareholders will automatically have their Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions reinvested in Common Shares through the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”). See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for more information, including information on how to opt out of the Plan.
 
5

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Fund has a Plan commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Each Common Shareholder who participates in the Plan will have all distributions of dividends and capital gains automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash. Shareholders whose Common Shares are held in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
Listing of Common Shares
It is expected that the Common Shares will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “RIV.”
Risk Considerations
Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing in the Common Shares, you should consider the following risks as well as the other information in this Prospectus. See “Risks” below for more information about risk.
 
6

 
Structural Risks:
 
No Operating History . The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program. The Fund is intended for investors seeking total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income over the long-term and is not intended to be a short-term trading vehicle. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each investor should take into account the Fund’s investment objective and other characteristics, as well as the investor’s other investments, when considering an investment in the Common Shares. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
 
Leverage Risks. The Fund may borrow money, or issue debt or preferred stock in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance. The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage and the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. To the extent that the Fund’s exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds is 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the Fund intends to not utilize leverage directly. The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Subadviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful. Since Common Shareholders pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, the use of leverage through borrowing of money, issuance of debt securities or the issuance of preferred stock for investment purposes creates risks for the holders of Common Shares. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Fund’s portfolio will be magnified when the Fund uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on preferred stock, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. The leverage costs may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment. The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful. Leverage risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds to the extent an Underlying Fund uses leverage. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
 
Market Discount. Common stock of closed-end funds frequently trades at a discount from its net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors selling their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Fund’s Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions. Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.” This risk would also apply to many of the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds.
 
7

 
Contingent Conversion Risk. The Fund will bear the costs associated with calling a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. In the event of conversion to an open-end management investment company, the shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange, and such shares would thereafter be redeemable at the Fund’s net asset value at the option of the shareholder, rather than traded in the secondary market at market price, which, for closed-end fund shares, may at times be at a premium to the Fund’s net asset value. Any borrowings (other than borrowings from a bank) or preferred shares of the Fund would need to be repaid or redeemed upon conversion and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s portfolio may need to be liquidated, potentially resulting in, among other things, lower current income. In addition, open-end management investment companies may be subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management and limit the Fund’s ability to make certain types of investments. As a result, the Fund may incur increased expenses and may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times in order to accommodate such flows. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program Risk. In addition to regular monthly distributions, the Fund intends to pay quarterly distributions for a one-year period following the completion of this offering pursuant to its Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program. See “Dividends and Distributions.”  In order to pay Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions, the Fund may have to sell portfolio investments, including at times when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Such sales of the Fund’s portfolio investments would result in greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund, and may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.
 
The Fund may be required to pay Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions that exceed its net investment income and realized capital gains. Therefore, all or a portion of a Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution may result in a return of capital, which represents a return on a Common Shareholder’s original investment in the Common Shares, and not a distribution from the Fund’s earnings and profits. Distributions that represent a return of capital should not be considered as dividend yield nor as part of the total return from an investment in the Fund. A return of capital will reduce a Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amount distributed in excess of basis treated as capital gain. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on the subsequent sale or other disposition of his or her Common Shares. It is possible that a return of capital could cause a Common Shareholder to pay a tax on capital gains with respect to Common Shares that are sold for an amount less than the price originally paid for them. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
The net asset value of the Fund may fluctuate over the course of a Quarterly Special Distribution Period and, at times during such period, the Fund’s net asset value may exceed the Benchmark NAV. However, if the Measurement NAV does not exceed the Benchmark NAV on the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date, no Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be paid. In addition, the net asset value of the Fund is reduced by regular monthly distributions paid by the Fund. There can be no assurance that there will be any increase in the net asset value of the Fund.
 
8

 
The Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions will decrease the Fund’s total assets and, as a result, would have the likely effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to replace the assets depleted as a result of any Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions paid to Common Shareholders and such assets used to make such distributions will not be available for investment pursuant to the Fund’s investment objective.
 
There can be no assurance that the net asset value of the Fund will increase or any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be made by the Fund. The Board of Directors may determine to modify, suspend or cancel the program. The overall impact of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, or any modification, suspension or cancellation of the program, on the secondary market for the Common Shares is uncertain.  Shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. There can be no assurance that the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, or any modification, suspension or cancellation of the program, would not result in the Common Shares trading at a larger discount, or smaller premium, to net asset value than would otherwise have been the case.
 
In implementing the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, the Fund will not be relying on its exemptive relief from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder which would allow the Fund to distribute long-term capital gains more frequently than would otherwise be permitted under the 1940 Act. If the Fund relies on such exemptive order in the future, the Fund may be required to make an additional distribution consisting of long-term capital gains, which could have the effect of reducing the assets of the Fund available for investment, in order to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 19(b) and Rule 19b-1 thereunder.
 
Investment-Related Risks:
 
The risks listed below are in alphabetical order. With the exception of Underlying Fund risk (and except as otherwise noted below), the following risks apply to the direct investments the Fund may make, and generally apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds. That said, each risk described below may not apply to each Underlying Fund. Similarly, an Underlying Fund may be subject to additional or different risks than those described below.
 
Asset Allocation Risks. To the extent that the Subadviser’s asset allocation strategy may fail to produce the intended result, the Fund’s return may suffer. Additionally, the active asset allocation style of the Fund leads to changing allocations over time and represents a risk to investors who target fixed asset allocations. See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risks.”
 
Convertible Securities Risks.   The Underlying Funds may invest in convertible securities. The market value of convertible securities tends to fall when prevailing interest rates rise. The value of convertible securities also tends to change whenever the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock fluctuates. Convertible securities tend to be of lower credit quality. See “Risks—Convertible Securities Risks.”
 
9

 
Defensive Measures. The Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as a defensive measure in response to adverse market conditions or opportunistically at the discretion of the Subadviser. During these periods, the Fund may not be pursuing its investment objective. See “Risks—Defensive Measures.”
 
Derivatives Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into derivatives. Derivative transactions involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in Underlying Funds. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes, and other assets. Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of a particular derivative. Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in a derivative could have a large potential impact on the performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The Fund or an Underlying Fund could experience a loss if derivatives do not perform as anticipated, if they are not correlated with the performance of other investments which they are used to hedge or if the fund is unable to liquidate a position because of an illiquid secondary market. When used for speculative purposes, derivatives will produce enhanced investment exposure, which will magnify gains and losses. The Fund and the Underlying Funds also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by such fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.  See “Risks—Derivatives Risks” and “—Option and Futures Risks.
 
Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks.   The Underlying Funds may invest in defaulted and distressed securities. Legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants are common when dealing with defaulted or distressed companies. Defaulted or distressed companies may be insolvent or in bankruptcy. In the event of a default, an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment.  Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.  With distressed investing, often there is a time lag between when a fund makes an investment and when an Underlying Fund realizes the value of the investment. In addition, an Underlying Fund may incur legal and other monitoring costs in protecting the value of the Underlying Fund’s claims. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks.”
 
Equity Securities Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in equity securities. While equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of an issuer’s equity securities held by an Underlying Fund. Equity security prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. The value of an Underlying Fund’s shares will go up and down due to movement in the collective returns of the individual securities held by the Underlying Fund. Common stocks are subordinate to preferred stocks and debt in a company’s capital structure, and if a company is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of preferred stocks take precedence over the claims of those who own common stocks. In addition, equity security prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase See “Risks—Equity Securities Risks.”
 
10

 
Exchange-Traded Note Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in ETNs, which are notes representing unsecured debt issued by an underwriting bank. ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index. ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue. There may be restrictions on a fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, a fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), and there may be limited availability of a secondary market. See “Risks—Exchange-Traded Note Risks.”
 
Fixed Income Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities. Fixed income securities increase or decrease in value based on changes in interest rates. If rates increase, the value of a fund’s fixed income securities generally declines. On the other hand, if rates fall, the value of the fixed income securities generally increases. This risk is increased in the case of issuers of high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.” High yield securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. In typical interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term fixed income securities generally fluctuate more than the prices of shorter-term fixed income securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. In general, lower rated fixed income securities carry a greater degree of credit risk. See “Risks—Fixed Income Risks.”
 
Foreign Investing Risks.   The Underlying Funds may invest in foreign securities. Investments in foreign securities may be affected by currency controls and exchange rates; different accounting, auditing, financial reporting, and legal standards and practices; expropriation; changes in tax policy; social, political and economic instability; greater market volatility; differing securities market structures; higher transaction costs; and various administrative difficulties, such as delays in clearing and settling portfolio transactions or in receiving payment of dividends. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities.  These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging or developing countries. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in depositary receipts, the Underlying Fund will be subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in foreign securities.  The effect of recent, worldwide economic instability on specific foreign markets or issuers may be difficult to predict or evaluate, and some national economies continue to show profound instability, which may in turn affect their international trading partners. See “Risks—Foreign Investing Risks.”
 
Illiquid Securities Risks.   The Underlying Funds may invest in illiquid securities. It may not be possible to sell or otherwise dispose of illiquid securities both at the price and within the time period deemed desirable by the Fund. Illiquid securities also may be difficult to value. See “Risks—Illiquid Securities Risks.”
 
11

 
Initial Public Offerings Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (IPOs). Investing in IPOs has added risks because the shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of an Underlying Fund’s portfolio. See “Risks—Initial Public Offerings Risks.”
 
Investment and Market Risks. An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund. The value of the Underlying Funds, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Overall stock market risks may also affect the value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds. Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels and political events affect the securities markets. The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
 
Legislation and Regulatory Risks . At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is regulated. New or amended regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the SEC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) or other financial regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund or the Underlying Funds. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. The Fund and the Underlying Funds also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these govern. See “Risks—Legislation and Regulatory Risks.”
 
Management Risks. The Subadviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Fund invests may prove to be incorrect and there is no guarantee that the Subadviser’s judgment will produce the desired results. Similarly, the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are subject to the judgment of the Underlying Funds’ managers which may prove to be incorrect. In addition, the Subadviser will have limited information as to the portfolio holdings of the Underlying Funds at any given time. This may result in the Subadviser having less ability to respond to changing market conditions. The Fund may allocate its assets so as to under-emphasize or over-emphasize ETFs or other investments under the wrong market conditions, in which case the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected. See “Risks—Management Risks.”
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks. The ongoing U.S. military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan and events in the Middle East and Ukraine, as well as the continuing threat of terrorist attacks, could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, the stock market and world economies and markets generally. A disruption of financial markets or other terrorist attacks could adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s service providers and/or the Fund's or an Underlying Fund’s operations as well as interest rates, secondary trading, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares. The Fund cannot predict the effects or likelihood of similar events in the future on the U.S. and world economies, the value of the Common Shares or the net asset value of the Fund. Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism. See “Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks.”
 
12

 
Master Limited Partnerships Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in MLPs. Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting MLPs, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between an MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations. Accordingly, those MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable an Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. As a result, these investments may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when an Underlying Fund believes it is desirable to do so. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns, which may adversely impact the overall performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The benefit an Underlying Fund will derive from its investment in MLPs will be largely dependent on the MLPs being treated as partnerships and not as corporations for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, treatment of an MLP as a corporation for federal income tax purposes would result in a reduction in the after-tax return to an Underlying Fund, likely causing a reduction in the value of the Common Shares. See “Risks—Master Limited Partnerships Risks.”
 
Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in securities without regard to market capitalization. Investments in securities of micro-, small- and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies, because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and issuers are typically more subject to changes in earnings and future earnings prospects. These risks are intensified for investments in micro-cap companies. See “Risks—Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks.”
 
Options and Futures Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in options and futures contracts. The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain over-the-counter options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. See “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”
 
Portfolio Turnover Risks. The Fund may engage in short-term trading to try to achieve its investment objective and may have portfolio turnover rates in excess of 100% annually. Underlying Funds also may not be limited in their portfolio trading ability. Increased portfolio turnover results in higher brokerage costs which are borne by the Fund, directly or indirectly through the investments in Underlying Funds, which may adversely affect the Fund’s performance, and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held by Common Shareholders in a taxable account. See “Risks—Portfolio Turnover Risks.”
 
13

 
REIT Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest in real estate, and mortgage REITs invest in loans secured by real estate. The value of equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while the value of mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies, and REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks. See “Risks—REIT Risks.”
 
Securities Lending Risks.   The Underlying Funds may lose money when they loan portfolio securities if the borrower fails to return the securities and the collateral provided has declined in value and/or the Underlying Fund cannot convert the collateral to cash for any reason. See “Risks—Securities Lending Risks.”
 
Securities Risks. The value of the Fund’s Common Shares or the shares of an Underlying Fund may decrease in response to the activities and financial prospects of individual securities in the fund’s portfolio. See “Risks—Securities Risks.”
 
Senior Loan Risks. The Underlying Funds may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed-rate loans (“Senior Loans”). There is less readily available and reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities. Senior Loans are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and as such, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund or Underlying Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market is more volatile than for liquid, listed securities and may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates. Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default. Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value of the Common Shares.
 
Short Sale Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may engage in short sales. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. Positions in shorted securities are speculative and more risky than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the security plus the transaction costs, whereas there is no maximum attainable price of the shorted security. Therefore, in theory, securities sold short have unlimited risk. Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), and may result in higher taxes, which reduce a fund’s return. See “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”
 
14

 
Structured Notes Risks.   The Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes. Structured notes are subject to a number of fixed income risks including general market risk, interest rate risk, and the risk that the issuer on the note may fail to make interest and/or principal payments when due, or may default on its obligations entirely. In addition, because the performance of structured notes tracks the performance of the underlying debt obligation, structured notes generally are subject to more risk than investing in a simple note or bond issued by the same issuer. See “Risks—Structured Notes Risks.”
 
Swap Risks.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in interest rate, index, total return and currency swap agreements. All of these agreements are considered derivatives. Swaps could result in losses if interest or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated by the Subadviser or Underlying Fund manager. Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or investments do not perform as anticipated. Total return swaps involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations. Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap. To the extent the Fund or an Underlying Fund enters into a total return swap on equity securities, the Fund or an Underlying Fund will receive the positive performance of a notional amount of such securities underlying the total return swap. In exchange, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be obligated to pay the negative performance of such notional amount of securities. Therefore, the Fund or the Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a substantial decrease in the market value of the equity securities. The use of swaps may not always be successful; using them could lower Fund total return, their prices can be highly volatile, and the potential loss from the use of swaps can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such instruments. Some, but not all, swaps may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purpose. As a result, the counterparty risk is now shifted from bilateral risk between the parties to the individual credit risk of the central clearing counterparty. Even in such case, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations to the Fund or Underlying Fund. See “Risks—Swap Risks.”
 
Underlying Fund Risks. The Fund will incur higher and additional expenses when it invests in Underlying Funds. There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices or operations of the Underlying Funds. To the extent that the Fund invests in one or more Underlying Funds that concentrate in a particular industry, the Fund would be vulnerable to factors affecting that industry and the concentrating Underlying Funds’ performance, and that of the Fund, may be more volatile than Underlying Funds that do not concentrate. In addition, one Underlying Fund may purchase a security that another Underlying Fund is selling.
 
As the Fund will invest at least 65% of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds and at least 80% of its Managed Assets in Underlying Funds, the Fund’s performance will depend to a greater extent on the overall performance of closed-end funds, ETFs and BDCs generally, in addition to the performance of the specific Underlying Funds (and other assets) in which the Fund invests. The use of leverage by Underlying Funds magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in Underlying Funds.  Further, the Underlying Funds are not subject to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions. The Fund generally receives information regarding the portfolio holdings of Underlying Funds only when that information is made available to the public. The Fund cannot dictate how the Underlying Funds invest their assets. The Underlying Funds may invest their assets in securities and other instruments, and may use investment techniques and strategies, that are not described in this prospectus. Common Shareholders will bear two layers of fees and expenses with respect to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds because each of the Fund and the Underlying Fund will charge fees and incur separate expenses.  In addition, subject to applicable 1940 Act limitations, the Underlying Funds themselves may purchase securities issued by registered and unregistered funds (e.g., common stock, preferred stock, auction rate preferred stock), and those investments would be subject to the risks associated with Underlying Funds and unregistered funds (including a third layer of fees and expenses, i.e., the Underlying Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the funds in which the Underlying Fund invests, in addition to the Underlying Fund’s own fees and expenses). An Underlying Fund with positive performance may indirectly receive a performance fee from the Fund, even when the Fund’s overall returns are negative.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
15

 
The Fund may invest in BDCs. BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. While BDCs are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance-based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs. A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.
 
Index-based ETFs (and other index funds) in which the Fund may invest may not be able to replicate exactly the performance of the indices they track or benchmark due to transactions costs and other expenses of the ETFs. The Fund may also invest in actively managed ETFs that are subject to management risk as the ETF’s investment adviser will apply certain investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions. There can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease, and it is possible that the discount may increase. Underlying Funds may not be able to match or outperform their benchmarks.
 
The Fund may be restricted by provisions of the 1940 Act that generally limit the amount the Fund and its affiliates can invest in any one Underlying Fund to 3% of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding voting stock. As a result, the Fund may hold a smaller position in an Underlying Fund than if it were not subject to this restriction. In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Underlying Fund stockholders are solicited to vote, the Subadviser may be required to vote Underlying Fund shares in the same proportion as shares held by other stockholders of the Underlying Fund. However, pursuant to exemptive orders issued by the SEC to various ETF fund sponsors, the Fund is permitted to invest in such Underlying Funds in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in such exemptive orders. See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”
 
Warrants Risks.   Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period or perpetually. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. See “Risks—Warrants Risks.”
 
16

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Maryland Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws
Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund. These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.”
Custodian and Transfer Agent
State Street Bank and Trust Company will act as the Fund’s custodian. DST Systems, Inc. will act as the Fund’s transfer agent and registrar. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

17

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
The following table shows estimated Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. Common Shareholders should understand that some of the percentages indicated in the tables below are estimates and may vary. The expenses shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 7,500,000 Common Shares. Accordingly, the Fund’s net assets for purposes of the tables and example below include estimated net proceeds from the offering of $145,200,000. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, estimated expenses could be higher as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, which could adversely affect the investment performance of the Fund. The following table assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (or approximately 17.6% of the Fund’s net assets) and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. The following table should not be considered a representation of the Fund’s future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown below.
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
As a Percentage of
Offering Price
 
Sales Load
 
3.00%
 
Expenses Borne by Common Shareholders of the Fund(1)(2)
 
0.20%
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
 
None(3)
 
 
 
 
As a Percentage
of Net Assets
Attributable to Common
Shares (Assuming the
Use of Leverage
Equal to 15%
of the Fund’s
Total Assets)(1)(7)
 
Annual Expenses
 
Management fee(4)
 
1.18%
 
Administration fee(4)
 
0.18%
 
Interest payments on borrowed funds(5)
 
0.24%
 
Other expenses
 
0.20%
 
Acquired fund fees and expenses(6)
 
1.68%
 
Total annual expenses(7)
 
3.48%
 
 
Example(8)
 
The example illustrates the expenses you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares (including the sales load of $30.00 and estimated expenses of the offering payable by the Fund of $2.00), assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 3.48% of net assets attributable to Common Shares, and (2) a 5% annual return.
 
 
 
1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
 
Total Expenses Incurred
 
$
66
 
 
$
135
 
 
$
207
 
 
$
396
 
 
 
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.
 
(1) The Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed to bear (a) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (b) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per share of the Fund’s Common Shares. Based on an estimated offering size of $150,000,000 (approximately 7,500,000 Common Shares), the Fund would pay a maximum of $300,000 of offering costs (or $0.04 per Common Share) and the Adviser and the Subadviser would pay all offering costs in excess of $300,000, which are currently estimated to be $486,705 (or $0.065 per Common Share).  To the extent that aggregate offering expenses are less than $0.04 per Common Share, the Fund will pay up to 0.10% of the amount of the offering size up to such expense limit to ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Fund.  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund.
 
18

(2) The Adviser and the Subadviser (and not the Fund) have agreed to pay from their own assets a structuring fee to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. The Adviser and the Subadviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering.
 
(3) There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund under the dividend reinvestment plan. You will pay brokerage charges in connection with open market purchases or if you direct the plan agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
(4) The management fee and administration fee are charged as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, as opposed to net assets. With leverage, Managed Assets are greater in amount than net assets, because Managed Assets includes borrowings for investment purposes.  The management fee of 1.00% of the Fund’s Managed Assets represents 1.18% of net assets attributable to Common Shares assuming the use of leverage in an amount of 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
(5) Assumes interest expense accrued at the rate 1.35% on borrowed funds used to employ leverage, which rate is subject to change based on prevailing market conditions.  Interest payments on borrowed funds also include the cost of issuing debt.
 
(6) The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above are based on the expense ratios for the most recent fiscal year of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund anticipates investing, which may change substantially over time and, therefore, significantly affect “Acquired fund fees and expenses.”  These amounts are based on the total expense ratio disclosed in each Underlying Fund’s most recent shareholder report.  Some of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund intends to invest charge incentive fees based on the Underlying Funds’ performance. The 1.68% shown as “Acquired fund fees and expenses” reflects estimated operating expenses of the Underlying Funds and transaction-related fees. Certain Underlying Funds in which the Fund intends to invest generally charge a management fee of 1.00% to 2.00% and up to a 20% incentive fee on income and/or capital gains. The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above, however, do not reflect any performance-based fees or allocations paid by the Underlying Funds that are calculated solely on the realization and/or distribution of gains, or on the sum of such gains and unrealized appreciation of assets distributed in-kind, as such fees and allocations for a particular period may be unrelated to the cost of investing in the Underlying Funds.  Acquired fund fees and expenses are borne indirectly by the Fund, but they will not be reflected in the Fund’s financial statements; and the information presented in the table will differ from that presented in the Fund’s financial highlights, when available.
 
(7) The table above assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (or approximately 17.6% of the Fund’s net assets) and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares.  For purposes of this assumption, all leverage used is in the form of borrowings. The table presented below in this footnote 7 estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not utilize leverage. In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:
 
 
 
 
Percentage of
Net Assets
Attributable to
Common Shares
(Assuming
No Leverage)
 
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares)
Management fees
 
 
1.00%
 
Administrative fees
 
 
0.15%
 
Other expenses
 
 
0.20%
 
Acquired fund fees and expenses
 
 
1.43%
 
Total annual expenses
 
 
2.78%
 
 
(8) The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at the Common Share net asset values. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.  Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.
 
19

THE FUND
 
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Maryland corporation on September 9, 2010. The Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203, and its telephone number is (855) 830-1222.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of this offering are estimated at approximately $             ($            if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full), after deduction of the sales load and payment of estimated offering expenses payable by the Fund. The Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed to bear (1) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (2) all of the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. The Subadviser anticipates that the investment of the net proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, within approximately three months after completion of this offering. Pending such investment, those proceeds may be invested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term debt securities or U.S. government securities. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies.”
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
 
Investment Objective
 
The Fund’s investment objective is total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
Principal Investment Strategies
 
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by pursuing a tactical asset allocation strategy and opportunistically investing under normal circumstances in closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs” and collectively, “Underlying Funds”).  Underlying Funds also may include business development companies (“BDCs”).  BDCs are a type of closed-end fund that invests in small companies in the initial stages of their development and are similar to venture capital funds. All Underlying Funds will be registered under the Securities Act. The Subadviser has the flexibility to change the Fund’s asset allocation based on its ongoing analysis of the equity, fixed income and alternative asset markets. The Subadviser considers various quantitative and qualitative factors relating to the domestic and foreign securities markets and economies when making asset allocation and security selection decisions. While the Subadviser continuously evaluates these factors, material shifts in the Fund’s asset class exposures will typically take place over longer periods of time. In addition, the Fund in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 65% of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds and at least 80% of its Managed Assets in Underlying Funds. The Fund directly, and therefore Common Shareholders indirectly, will bear the expenses of the Underlying Funds.
 
Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 80% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “fixed income” Underlying Funds; (iii) no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “global equity” Underlying Funds; (iv) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “emerging market equity” Underlying Funds; (v) no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “high yield” (also known as “junk bond”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; (vi) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds; (vii) no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “real estate” Underlying Funds; and (viii) no more than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be invested in “energy master limited partnership” (“MLP”) Underlying Funds. Underlying Funds included in the 30% limitation applicable to investments in “global equity” Underlying Funds may include Underlying Funds that invest a portion of their assets in emerging markets securities. The Fund will also limit its investments in closed-end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs and leveraged ETFs. The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph will be categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc. The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase. The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.
 
20

In selecting closed-end funds, the Subadviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. The Fund benefits if it purchases a closed-end fund at a discount and the discount narrows. In addition, the Fund may purchase closed-end funds at a premium if the Subadviser believes the premium will increase. The Subadviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and trading algorithms to trade closed-end funds. The Subadviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:
 
Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)
 
·              Using proprietary quantitative models, the Subadviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and / or relative discounts.
 
·              The Fund will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Subadviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.
 
Corporate Actions
 
·              The Subadviser will pursue investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Subadviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders.
 
·              The Subadviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.
 
The Fund will invest in other Underlying Funds (that are not closed-end funds) to gain exposure to specific asset classes when the Subadviser believes closed-end fund discount or premium spreads are not attractive or to manage overall closed-end fund exposure in the Fund.
 
An index-based ETF is an investment company that seeks to track the performance of a particular market index. These indices include not only broad-market indices, but more specific indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, markets, regions and industries. The Subadviser selects ETFs based on their ability to offer specific sector and style exposure in a cost and tax efficient manner. The Fund purchases ETF shares on the secondary market. Unlike a fund that allocates its assets among mutual funds based on the perceived ability of the advisers to those mutual funds, the Subadviser actively manages the Fund’s portfolio among the Underlying Funds based on the Subadviser’s research and analysis of the market and the investment merit of the Underlying Funds themselves. In evaluating the investment merit of Underlying Funds, the Subadviser analyzes the asset class, the portfolio manager(s) and the adviser, past performance, recent portfolio holdings and concentration risks.
 
Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds, however, may at times establish hedging positions.  Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options and swaps (“Hedging Positions”). Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be in Hedging Positions. The Fund’s investments in derivatives will be included under the 65% and 80% policy noted above so long as the underlying asset of such derivatives is a closed-end fund or Underlying Fund, respectively. The Subadviser intends to use Hedging Positions to lower the Fund’s volatility but they may also be used to seek to enhance the Fund’s return. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the security. To complete the short sale, the Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security in order to deliver it to the buyer. The Fund is obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at a market price at or prior to the time it must be returned to the lender. The price at which the Fund is required to replace the borrowed security may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. The Fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund will realize a gain if the price of the security declines between those dates.
 
21

The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), certain derivatives, such as options and swaps, cash and cash equivalents.  Such investments will not be counted towards the Fund’s 80% policy. ETNs are debt securities whose returns are linked to a particular index.
 
The Fund may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio by investing in a total return swap agreement. A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate. The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly. If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty. The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Subadviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap. The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. Using the Fund’s own net asset value as the underlying asset in the total return swap serves to reduce cash drag (the impact of cash on the Fund’s overall return) by replacing it with the impact of market exposure based upon the Fund’s own investment holdings. This type of total return swap would provide the Fund with a return based on its net asset value. Like any total return swap, the Fund would be subject to counterparty risk and the risk that its own net asset value declines in value.
 
The Fund generally seeks to hold securities for the long term, but may liquidate positions in order to change the Fund’s asset allocation or to generate cash to invest in more attractive opportunities, which may result in a larger portion of any net gains being realized as short-term capital gains. In addition, a negative change in the fundamental or qualitative characteristics of the issuer may cause the Subadviser to sell a security. Finally, the Subadviser may sell a security when its price approaches, meets or exceeds the Subadviser’s target price. For instance, the Subadviser may sell shares of a closed-end fund when it is no longer selling at a discount. This may result in a high rate of portfolio turnover. See “Risks—Portfolio Turnover Risks.”
 
The Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Directors without Common Shareholder approval. Common Shareholders will, however, receive at least 60 days prior notice of any change in this investment objective.
 
CONTINGENT CONVERSION FEATURE
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”). Such shareholder meeting may be adjourned or postponed in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund to a date in calendar year 2021. A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a   majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed-end management investment company. See “Conversion to Open-End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.
 
USE OF LEVERAGE
 
The Fund may borrow money and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. The Fund may use leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  However, the Fund is not required to decrease its use of leverage if leverage exceeds 15% but is less than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets due solely to changes in market conditions.  Based on market conditions at the time, the Fund may instead use such leverage in amounts that represent less than 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  The Fund may utilize leverage to purchase portfolio securities and for portfolio or cash management purposes. The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including settlement of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings or other similar term loans. The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage and the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  To the extent that the Fund’s exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds is 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the Fund intends to not utilize leverage directly.  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Subadviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.
 
22

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by lenders or by one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any senior securities issued by the Fund. Borrowing covenants or rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or Fund composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act.
 
Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions (e.g., total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock), but which are not subject to the foregoing limitations, if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable SEC regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments. These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions, although the dollar amount of these fees payable by the Fund will increase and decrease along with increases to and decreases in the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets. In addition, these transactions will entail additional expenses (e.g., transaction costs) which will be borne by the Fund. These types of transactions have the potential to increase returns to Common Shareholders, but they also involve additional risks. This additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the transactions were not entered into. However, to the extent that the Fund enters into offsetting transactions or owns positions covering its obligations, the leveraging effect is expected to be minimized or eliminated.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after doing so the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness (i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed). Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its shares, or purchase any such shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, at the case may be. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value of the preferred stock. If preferred stock is issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem shares, from time to time, to maintain coverage of any preferred stock of at least 200%. Normally, holders of Common Shares will elect the directors of the Fund except that the holders of any preferred stock will elect two directors. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on its preferred stock for two years, holders of preferred stock would be entitled to elect a majority of the directors until the dividends are paid.
 
Assuming the use of leverage in the amount of 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and an annual interest rate on leverage of 1.35% payable on such leverage based on estimated market interest rates as of the date of this Prospectus, the additional income that the Fund must earn (net of estimated expenses related to leverage) in order to cover such interest payments is 0.24%. The Fund’s actual cost of leverage will be based on market interest rates at the time the Fund undertakes a leveraging strategy, and such actual cost of leverage may be higher or lower than that assumed in the previous example.
 
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC.  It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on total return on Common Shares, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. In other words, the Fund’s actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table below. The table further reflects the use of leverage representing approximately 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets after such issuance and the Fund’s currently projected annual interest rate of 1.35%. See “Risks—Leverage Risks.” The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or leverage.
 
23

Assumed Portfolio Return
   
-10.00
%
   
-5.00
%
   
0.00
%
   
5.00
%
   
10.00
%
Common Share Total Return
   
-12.00
%
   
-6.12
%
   
-0.24
%
   
5.64
%
   
11.53
%
 
Total return is composed of two elements—the dividends on Common Shares paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the cost of leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to Common Shareholders when portfolio return is positive or greater than the costs of leverage and decreases return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the costs of leverage.
 
During the time in which the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser and the Subadviser for investment management services and subadvisory services, respectively, will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other. Also, because the leverage costs will be borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, only the Fund’s Common Shareholders will bear the cost of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses.  There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
 
RISKS
 
Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Structural Risks:
 
No Operating History
 
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program
 
The Fund is intended for investors seeking capital appreciation and current income over the long-term, and is not intended to be a short-term trading vehicle. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each investor should take into account the Fund’s investment objective and other characteristics as well as the investor’s other investments when considering an investment in the Common Shares. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
 
Leverage Risks
 
The Fund may borrow money, or issue debt or preferred stock in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance. The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage and the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. To the extent that the Fund’s exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds is 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the Fund intends to not utilize leverage directly. The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Subadviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful. Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, the use of leverage through borrowing of money, issuance of debt securities or the issuance of preferred stock for investment purposes creates risks for the holders of Common Shares. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Fund’s portfolio will be magnified when the Fund uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on preferred stock, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. The leverage costs may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment. The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.
 
24

If the Fund were to utilize leverage in the form of borrowing, it anticipates that the money borrowed for investment purposes will incur interest based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of expenses, than the interest rate on borrowed money, as reset periodically, the leverage may cause the holders of Common Shares to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. If, however, long-term and/or short-term rates rise, the interest rate on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on securities held by the Fund, reducing return to the holders of Common Shares. Recent developments in the credit markets may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow money for investment purposes and may increase the costs of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares.
 
There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy, if the Fund decides to utilize leverage, will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for Common Shareholders, including:
 
·              the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;
 
·              the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings or on short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any debt securities or preferred shares that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders;
 
·              the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares;
 
·              when the Fund uses financial leverage, the investment management fees payable to the Adviser and the subadvisory fees payable by the Adviser to the Subadviser will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other; and
 
·              leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
The use of leverage will require the Fund to segregate assets to cover its obligations (or, if the Fund borrows money or issues preferred shares, to maintain asset coverage in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act). While the segregated assets will be invested in liquid securities, they may not be used for other operational purposes. Consequently, the use of leverage may limit the Fund’s flexibility and may require that the Fund sell other portfolio investments to pay Fund expenses, to maintain assets in an amount sufficient to cover the Fund’s leveraged exposure or to meet other obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to sell such assets. Certain types of borrowings by the Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. The Subadviser does not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede it from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies if the Fund were to utilize leverage.
 
Leverage risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds to the extent an Underlying Fund uses leverage.
 
Market Discount
 
Shares of common stock of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors selling their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Fund’s Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds.
 
25

Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.” This risk would also apply to many of the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds.
 
Contingent Conversion Risk
 
The Fund will bear the costs associated with calling a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. In the event of conversion to an open-end management investment company, the shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange, and such shares would thereafter be redeemable at the Fund’s net asset value at the option of the shareholder, rather than traded in the secondary market at market price, which, for closed-end fund shares, may at times be at a premium to the Fund’s net asset value. Any borrowings (other than borrowings from a bank) or preferred stock of the Fund would need to be repaid or redeemed upon conversion and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s portfolio may need to be liquidated, potentially resulting in, among other things, lower current income. In addition, open-end management investment companies may be subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management and limit the Fund’s ability to make certain types of investments. As a result, the Fund may incur increased expenses and may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times in order to accommodate such flows. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program Risk
 
In addition to regular monthly distributions, the Fund intends to pay quarterly distributions for a one-year period following the completion of this offering pursuant to its Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program. See “Dividends and Distributions.”  In order to pay Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions, the Fund may have to sell portfolio investments, including at times when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Such sales of the Fund’s portfolio investments would result in greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund, and may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.

The Fund may be required to pay Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions that exceed its net investment income and realized capital gains. Therefore, all or a portion of a Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution may result in a return of capital, which represents a return on a Common Shareholder’s original investment in the Common Shares, and not a distribution from the Fund’s earnings and profits. Distributions that represent a return of capital should not be considered as dividend yield nor as part of the total return from an investment in the Fund. A return of capital will reduce a Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amount distributed in excess of basis treated as capital gain. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on the subsequent sale or other disposition of his or her Common Shares. It is possible that a return of capital could cause a Common Shareholder to pay a tax on capital gains with respect to Common Shares that are sold for an amount less than the price originally paid for them. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”

The net asset value of the Fund may fluctuate over the course of a Quarterly Special Distribution Period and, at times during such period, the Fund’s net asset value may exceed the Benchmark NAV. However, if the Measurement NAV does not exceed the Benchmark NAV on the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date, no Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be paid. In addition, the net asset value of the Fund is reduced by regular monthly distributions paid by the Fund. There can be no assurance that there will be any increase in the net asset value of the Fund.

The Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions will decrease the Fund’s total assets and, as a result, would have the likely effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to replace the assets depleted as a result of any Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions paid to Common Shareholders and such assets used to make such distributions will not be available for investment pursuant to the Fund’s investment objective.

26

There can be no assurance that the net asset value of the Fund will increase or any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be made by the Fund. The Board of Directors may determine to modify, suspend or cancel the program. The overall impact of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, or any modification, suspension or cancellation of the program, on the secondary market for the Common Shares is uncertain.  Shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. There can be no assurance that the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, or any modification, suspension or cancellation of the program, would not result in the Common Shares trading at a larger discount, or smaller premium, to net asset value than would otherwise have been the case.

In implementing the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program, the Fund will not be relying on its exemptive relief from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder which would allow the Fund to distribute long-term capital gains more frequently than would otherwise be permitted under the 1940 Act. If the Fund relies on such exemptive order in the future, the Fund may be required to make an additional distribution consisting of long-term capital gains, which could have the effect of reducing the assets of the Fund available for investment, in order to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 19(b) and Rule 19b-1 thereunder.
 
Investment-Related Risks
 
The risks listed below are in alphabetical order. With the exception of Underlying Fund risk (and as otherwise noted below), the following risks apply to the direct investments the Fund may make, and generally apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds. That said, each risk described below may not apply to each Underlying Fund. Similarly, an Underlying Fund may be subject to additional or different risks than those described below.
 
Asset Allocation Risks
 
To the extent that the Subadviser’s asset allocation strategy may fail to produce the intended result, the Fund’s return may suffer. Additionally, the active asset allocation style of the Fund leads to changing allocations over time and represents a risk to investors who target fixed asset allocations.
 
Convertible Securities Risks
 
The market value of convertible securities tends to fall when prevailing interest rates rise. The value of convertible securities also tends to change whenever the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock fluctuates. Convertible securities tend to be of lower credit quality See “Fixed Income Risks—High Yield Securities Risk” below.
 
Defensive Measures
 
The Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as a defensive measure in response to adverse market conditions or opportunistically at the discretion of the Subadviser. During these periods or during periods when an Underlying Fund invests defensively, the Fund may not be pursuing its investment objective.
 
Derivatives Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into derivatives. Derivative transactions involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with investments in Underlying Funds.  Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes, and other assets.  Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of a particular derivative. Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in a derivative could have a large potential impact on the performance of a fund. A fund could experience a loss if derivatives do not perform as anticipated, if they are not correlated with the performance of other investments which they are used to hedge or if the fund is unable to liquidate a position because of an illiquid secondary market. The market for many derivatives is, or can suddenly become, illiquid. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices of derivatives. When used for speculative purposes, derivatives will produce enhanced investment exposure, which will magnify gains and losses. Certain derivatives transactions may give rise to a form of leverage. The use of leverage may cause a fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements. Leverage may cause a fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged. This is because leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Further, using derivatives may include the risk of mispricing or improper valuation of derivatives and the inability of derivatives to correlate perfectly, or at all, with the value of the assets, reference rates or indexes they are designed to closely track. The Fund also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
 
27

Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in defaulted and distressed securities. Legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants are common when dealing with defaulted or distressed companies. Defaulted or distressed companies may be insolvent or in bankruptcy. In the event of a default, an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment.  Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Because of the relative illiquidity of defaulted or distressed debt and equity securities, short sales are difficult, and most Underlying Funds primarily maintain long positions. Some relative value trades are possible, where an investor sells short one class of a defaulted or distressed company’s capital structure and purchases another. With distressed investing, often there is a time lag between when an Underlying Fund makes an investment and when the Underlying Fund realizes the value of the investment. In addition, an Underlying Fund may incur legal and other monitoring costs in protecting the value of the Underlying Fund’s claims.
 
Equity Securities Risks
 
While equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of an issuer’s equity securities held by an Underlying Fund. Equity security prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. The value of a particular equity security may fall in value. The prices of stocks change in response to many factors, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, management decisions, decreased demand for an issuer’s products or services, increased production costs, general economic conditions, interest rates, currency exchange rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. The value of an Underlying Fund’s shares will go up and down due to movement in the collective returns of the individual securities held by the Underlying Fund. Common stocks are subordinate to preferred stocks and debt in a company’s capital structure, and if a company is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of preferred stocks take precedence over the claims of those who own common stocks. In addition, equity security prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
 
Exchange-Traded Note Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in ETNs, which are notes representing unsecured debt issued by an underwriting bank. ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index. ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue. The issuer’s credit rating will be investment grade at the time of investment, however, the credit rating may be revised or withdrawn at any time and there is no assurance that a credit rating will remain in effect for any given time period. If a rating agency lowers the issuer’s credit rating, the value of the ETN will decline and a lower credit rating reflects a greater risk that the issuer will default on its obligation. When a fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses associated with investment in such securities. Such fees reduce the amount of return on investment at maturity or upon redemption. There may be restrictions on a fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, a fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), since ETNs are meant to be held until maturity. A fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market.
 
28

Fixed Income Securities Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities. Fixed income securities increase or decrease in value based on changes in interest rates. If rates increase, the value of an Underlying Fund’s fixed income securities generally declines. On the other hand, if rates fall, the value of the fixed income securities generally increases. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. This risk is increased in the case of issuers of high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.” If a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality in which an Underlying Fund invests defaults, and the U.S. Government does not stand behind the obligation, the Underlying Fund’s share price or yield could fall. Securities of certain U.S. Government sponsored entities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities of any credit quality, maturity or duration. Fixed income securities risks include components of the following additional risks:
 
·              Credit Risk. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation, which could result in a loss to a fund. The Underlying Funds may invest in securities that are rated in the lowest investment grade category. Issuers of these securities are more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions than issuers of higher grade securities.
 
·              High Yield Securities Risk. The Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.” High yield securities provide greater income and opportunity for gain, but entail greater risk of loss of principal. High yield securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market for high yield securities is generally less active than the market for higher quality securities. This may limit the ability of a fund to sell high yield securities at the price at which it is being valued for purposes of calculating net asset value.
 
·              U.S. Government Securities Risk. The Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities. The U.S. Government’s guarantee of ultimate payment of principal and timely payment of interest on certain U.S. Government securities owned by an Underlying Fund does not imply that the Underlying Fund’s shares are guaranteed or that the price of the Underlying Fund’s shares will not fluctuate. In addition, securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Banks are not obligations of, or insured by, the U.S. Government. If a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality in which an Underlying Fund invests defaults and the U.S. Government does not stand behind the obligation, the Fund’s net asset value could fall.
 
·              Interest Rate Risk. An Underlying Fund’s net asset value and total return will vary in response to changes in interest rates. If rates increase, the value of an Underlying Fund’s investments generally will decline, as will the Underlying Fund’s net asset value. In typical interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term fixed income securities generally fluctuate more than the prices of shorter-term fixed income securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
·              Sovereign Obligation Risk. The Underlying Funds may invest in sovereign (i.e., foreign government) debt obligations. Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Underlying Funds may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest, and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts. See also “Foreign Investing Risks” below.
 
29

Foreign Investing Risks
 
Because the Underlying Fund may hold foreign debt and equity securities, including the debt of foreign governments and supranational organizations, and ADRs, the Fund is subject to foreign investing risk.
 
Foreign investing involves risks not typically associated with U.S. investments. These risks include, among others, adverse fluctuations in foreign currency values as well as adverse political, social and economic developments affecting a foreign country. In addition, foreign investing involves less publicly available information, and more volatile or less liquid securities markets. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by factors not present in the U.S., such as restrictions on receiving the investment proceeds from a foreign country, foreign tax laws, and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations. Foreign accounting may be less transparent than U.S. accounting practices and foreign regulation may be inadequate or irregular. Owning foreign securities could cause an Underlying Fund’s performance to fluctuate more than if it held only U.S. securities. The effect of worldwide or regional economic or political instability on specific foreign markets or issuers may be difficult to predict or evaluate, and some national economies continue to show profound instability, which may in turn affect their international trading partners.
 
Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in foreign developed countries. These risks include (i) the smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity, (ii) significant price volatility, (iii) restrictions on foreign investment, and (iv) possible repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or the creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by an Underlying Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.
 
Certain foreign markets may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Economic sanctions could, among other things, effectively restrict or eliminate an Underlying Fund’s ability to purchase or sell securities or groups of securities for a substantial period of time, and may make  the Underlying Fund’s investments in such securities harder to value. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes. The governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain sectors or industries. In addition, a foreign government may limit or cause delay in the convertibility or repatriation of its currency which would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value and/or liquidity of investments denominated in that currency. Certain foreign investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions, or become illiquid after purchase by an Underlying Fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. 

Supranational entities are designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development of international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.
 
Sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR. Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker-dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company. Many of the risks described above regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.
 
30

Illiquid Securities Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in illiquid securities. It may not be possible to sell or otherwise dispose of illiquid securities both at the price and within the time period deemed desirable by a fund. Illiquid securities also may be difficult to value.
 
Initial Public Offerings Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (IPOs). Because securities sold in an IPO frequently are volatile in price, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, a fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. Investing in IPOs has added risks because the shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a fund’s portfolio.
 
The Fund’s IPO investments may be in IPOs of Underlying Funds. There is a significant risk that the shares of closed-end funds purchased in an IPO will trade at a price below their IPO price.
 
Investment and Market Risks
 
An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund. The value of the Underlying Funds, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Overall stock market risks may also affect the net asset value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds. Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels and political events affect the securities markets. The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
 
Legislation and Regulatory Risks
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. New or amended regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Reserve or other financial regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.
 
For example, on July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established a ten-member Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), an interagency body chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury, to identify and manage systemic risk in the financial system and improve interagency cooperation. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Council has the authority to review the activities of certain nonbank financial firms engaged in financial activities that are designated as “systemically important,” meaning, among other things, that the distress of the financial firm would threaten the stability of the U.S. economy.  On July 8, 2013, September 19, 2013, and December 18, 2014, respectively, the Council made designations of four nonbank financial companies for Federal Reserve supervision.  As expected, the Fund was not among such designated companies.  However, if the Fund were designated, it would result in increased regulation of the Fund’s business, including higher standards on capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, credit exposure reporting and concentration limits, restrictions on acquisitions and annual stress tests by the Federal Reserve.  On December 18, 2014, the Council released a notice seeking public comment on the potential risks posed by aspects of the asset management industry, including whether asset management products and activities may pose potential risks to the U.S. financial system in the areas of liquidity and redemptions, leverage, operational functions, and resolution, or in other areas.
 
31

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability; and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, execution, reporting, risk management, compliance, position limit, anti-fraud, consumer protection, portfolio reconciliation, documentation, recordkeeping, business conduct and registration requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, many of the provisions are subject to further final rulemaking, and thus the Dodd-Frank Act's ultimate impact on the derivatives market remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict our ability to engage in derivative transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivative transactions no longer available to the Fund), increase the costs of using these instruments (for example, by increasing margin, capital or reporting requirements) and/or make them less effective and, as a result, the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments, affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments or may change availability of certain investments. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk. For instance, in December 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule requiring certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps to be centrally cleared, which is applicable to all swap counterparties not eligible for certain narrowly-defined exemption or exceptions. Such clearing requirement may affect the Fund's ability to negotiate individualized terms and/or may increase the costs of entering into such derivative transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements). Clearing mandates with respect to other types of swaps have not yet been issued by the regulators, but could have additional impact on the Fund's ability to use swap transactions as part of its investment strategy.
 
For entities designated by the CFTC or the SEC as “swap dealers,” “security-based swaps dealers,” “major swap participants” or major “security-based swap participants,” the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements. On May 23, 2012, a joint final rulemaking by the CFTC and the SEC defining these key terms was published in the Federal Register. Based on those definitions, the Fund would not be a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or security-based major swap participant at this time. If the Fund is later designated as a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or major security-based swap participant, its business will be subject to increased regulation, including registration requirements, additional recordkeeping and reporting obligations, external and internal business conduct standards, position limits monitoring and capital and margin thresholds.
 
The SEC also indicated that it may adopt new policies on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. Such policies could affect the nature and extent of derivatives use by the Fund. On August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund.
 
Importantly, while several key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act have been defined through final rules, many aspects will be implemented by various regulatory bodies over the next several years. The imposition of any additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which the Fund conduct its business and adversely affect the Fund’s profitability.
 
Management Risks
 
The Subadviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Fund invests may prove to be incorrect and there is no guarantee that the Subadviser’s judgment will produce the desired results. Similarly, the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are subject to the judgment of the Underlying Funds’ managers which may prove to be incorrect. In addition, the Subadviser will have limited information as to the portfolio holdings of the Underlying Funds at any given time. This may result in the Subadviser having less ability to respond to changing market conditions. The Fund may allocate its assets so as to under-emphasize or over-emphasize ETFs or other investments under the wrong market conditions, in which case the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected.
 
32

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks
 
The ongoing U.S. military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan and events in the Middle East and Ukraine, as well as the continuing threat of terrorist attacks, could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, the stock market and world economies and markets generally. A disruption of financial markets or other terrorist attacks could adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s service providers and/or the Fund's or an Underlying Fund’s operations as well as interest rates, secondary trading, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares. The Fund cannot predict the effects or likelihood of similar events in the future on the U.S. and world economies, the value of the Common Shares or the net asset value of the Fund. Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism. The U.S. government has issued warnings that assets of utility companies and energy sector companies, specifically the United States’ pipeline infrastructure, may be the future target of terrorist organizations.
 
Master Limited Partnerships Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in MLPs. Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting MLPs, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between an MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, an Underlying Fund generally purchases publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP common units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership.
 
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.
 
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. MLP common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. An Underlying Fund may purchase MLP common units in market transactions. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of MLP common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to elect directors. In the event of liquidation, MLP common units have preference over subordinated units, but not over debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
 
33

MLPs may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations. Accordingly, those MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable an Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. As a result, these investments may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when an Underlying Fund believes it is desirable to do so. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns, which may adversely impact the overall performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund.
 
MLPs are subject to various risks related to the underlying operating companies they control, including dependence upon specialized management skills and the risk that those operating companies may lack or have limited operating histories. The success an Underlying Fund’s investments in an MLP will vary depending on the underlying industry represented by the MLP’s portfolio. Certain MLPs in which an Underlying Fund may invest depend upon their parent or sponsor entities for the majority of their revenues.
 
Certain MLPs in which an Underlying Fund may invest depend upon a limited number of customers for substantially all of their revenue. Similarly, certain MLPs in which an Underlying Fund may invest depend upon a limited number of suppliers of goods or services to continue their operations. The loss of those customers or suppliers could have a material adverse effect on an MLP’s results of operations and cash flow, and on its ability to make distributions to unit holders such as an Underlying Fund.
 
The benefit an Underlying Fund will derive from its investment in MLPs will be largely dependent on the MLPs being treated as partnerships and not as corporations for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, an MLP generally has no tax liability at the entity level. If, as a result of a change in current law or a change in an MLP’s business, an MLP were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, such MLP would be obligated to pay federal income tax on its income at the corporate tax rate. If an MLP were classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP would be reduced and distributions received by an Underlying Fund would be taxed under federal income tax laws applicable to corporate dividends (as dividend income, return of capital, or capital gain). Therefore, treatment of an MLP as a corporation for federal income tax purposes would result in a reduction in the after-tax return to an Underlying Fund, likely causing a reduction in the value of the Common Shares.
 
Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in securities without regard to market capitalization. Investments in securities of micro-, small- and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies, because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and issuers are typically more subject to changes in earnings and future earnings prospects. Small- and medium-sized companies often have narrower markets for their goods and/or services and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. Furthermore, these companies often have limited product lines, services, markets or financial resources, or are dependent on a small management group. Since these stocks are not well-known to the investing public, do not have significant institutional ownership and are followed by relatively few security analysts, there will normally be less publicly available information concerning these securities compared to what is available for the securities of larger companies. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, can decrease the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund. As a result, small- and medium-sized companies’ performance can be more volatile and the companies face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio. The risks are intensified for investments in micro-cap companies.
 
Options and Futures Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in options and futures contracts. The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the Fund or an Underlying Fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund's position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain over-the-counter options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund or an Underlying Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the Fund or an Underlying Fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund or an Underlying Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund or Underlying Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the Fund or an Underlying Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. This leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund or Underlying Fund did not invest in options.
 
34

Options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. When options are purchased over-the-counter, the Fund or an Underlying Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have difficulty closing out its position. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to liquidate an over-the-counter option position.
 
The Fund may purchase put options.  An Underlying Fund may purchase and sell call and put options with respect to specific securities, and may write and sell covered or uncovered call and put options. A call option gives the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, the right to buy the security underlying the option from the writer of the call option at a specified exercise price within a specified time frame. A put option gives the purchaser of the put option, in return for a premium paid, the right to sell the underlying security to the writer of the put option at a specified price within a specified time frame. A covered call option is a call option with respect to an underlying security that a fund owns. A covered put option is a put option with respect to which a fund has segregated cash or liquid securities to fulfill the obligation of the option. The purchaser of a put or call option runs the risk of losing the purchaser’s entire investment, paid as the premium, in a relatively short period of time if the option is not sold at a gain or cannot be exercised at a gain prior to expiration. In selling put options, there is a risk that the Underlying Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.  The un-covered writer of a call option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should increase, and the un-covered writer of a put option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should decrease. The Fund will not treat uncovered options as “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and instead, to address senior security concerns, will segregate cash or liquid securities to fulfill its obligation under the options.
 
The Fund may invest a significant portion of its total assets in Underlying Funds that write covered call options. To the extent that an Underlying Fund writes a covered call option, it forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of the option, the Underlying Fund bears the market risk of an unfavorable change in the price of the security underlying a written option. As an Underlying Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion increases. To the extent an Underlying Fund experiences net asset value erosion (which itself may have an indirect negative effect on the market price of interests in the Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund will have a reduced asset base over which to write covered calls, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders such as the Fund. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
 
To the extent that an Underlying Fund engages in selling options that trade in over-the-counter markets, the Underlying Fund may be subject to additional risks. Participants in these markets are typically not subject to the same credit evaluation and regulatory oversight as members of “exchange based” markets. By engaging in option transactions in these markets, an Underlying Fund may take credit risk with regard to parties with which it trades and also may bear the risk of settlement default. These risks may differ materially from those involved in exchange-traded transactions, which generally are characterized by clearing organization guarantees, daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from these protections, which may subject an Underlying Fund to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with agreed terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract or because of a credit or liquidity problem. Such “counterparty risk” is increased for contracts with longer maturities when events may intervene to prevent settlement.
 
35

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets or on exchanges located outside of the United States. Foreign markets may offer advantages, including trading opportunities or arbitrage possibilities, not available in the United States. Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets, so that no common clearing facility exists and an investor may look only to the broker or counterparty for the performance of the contract. Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day of a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell single stock futures, stock index futures contracts, interest rate futures contracts, currency futures and other commodity futures. A stock index future obligates a fund to pay or receive an amount of cash based upon the value of a stock index at a specified date in the future, including the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index, NASDAQ High Technology Index or similar foreign indices. An interest rate futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific debt security at a future date at a specified price. A currency futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific currency at a future date at a future price.
 
If the Fund or an Underlying Fund purchases an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Fund or Underlying Fund will lose most or all of the amount the fund paid for the option, plus commission costs. If an Underlying Fund writes (“sells”) an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Underlying Fund’s losses could easily exceed the proceeds it received when it wrote the options.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risks
 
The Fund may engage in short-term trading to try to achieve its objective and may have portfolio turnover rates in excess of 100% annually. Underlying Funds also may not be limited in their portfolio trading ability. An annual portfolio turnover rate of 100% is equivalent to a fund buying and selling all of the securities in its portfolio once during the course of a year. How long the Fund holds a security in its portfolio is generally not a factor in making buy and sell decisions. Increased portfolio turnover results in higher brokerage costs which are borne by the Fund, directly or indirectly through the investments in Underlying Funds, which may adversely affect the Fund’s performance, and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held by Common Shareholders in a taxable account.
 
REIT Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest in real estate, and mortgage REITs invest in loans secured by real estate. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs also are subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and failing to maintain their exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies, and REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. By investing in REITs directly or indirectly through the Underlying Funds, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the REITs. The expenses at the REIT level are not included in the Fund’s expense table as acquired fund fees and expenses.
 
36

Securities Lending Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may engage in securities lending. Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults. This risk is increased when an Underlying Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. In addition, an Underlying Fund bears the risk of loss in connection with the investments of the cash collateral it receives from the borrower. To the extent that the value or return of an Underlying Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Underlying Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned in lending the security.
 
Securities Risks
 
The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may decrease in response to the activities and financial prospects of individual securities in the fund’s portfolio.
 
Senior Loan Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed-rate loans (“Senior Loans”).  There is less readily available and reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities. Senior Loans are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and as such, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that an Underlying Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market is more volatile than for liquid, listed securities and may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates. Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default. Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value of the Common Shares.  

The Underlying Funds may acquire or hold Senior Loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans issued to highly leveraged borrowers or borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations, including Senior Loans, that are rated below investment grade. An Underlying Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans that are rated below investment grade or that are unrated at the time of purchase but are deemed by the Underlying Fund’s adviser’s to be of comparable quality. The values of Senior Loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that are experiencing payment difficulty could be affected by, among other things, the assessment of the likelihood that the lenders ultimately will receive repayment of the principal amount of such Senior Loans, the likely duration, if any, of a lapse in the scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal and prevailing interest rates. There is no assurance that an Underlying Fund will be able to recover any amount on Senior Loans of such borrowers or that sale of the collateral granted in connection with Senior Loans would raise enough cash to satisfy the borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the bankruptcy court may not give lenders the full benefit of their senior position in the capital structure of the borrower.
 
Short Sale Risks
 
The Fund and Underlying Funds may sell securities short. Positions in shorted securities are speculative and more risky than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the security plus the transaction costs, whereas there is no maximum attainable price of the shorted security. Therefore, in theory, securities sold short have unlimited risk. Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), directly or indirectly through the investments in Underlying Funds, and may result in higher taxes, which reduce the Fund’s return.
 
37

If a security sold short increases in price, a fund may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. With respect to a fund’s short positions, the Fund must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer. A fund may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions before it had intended to do so. As a result, a fund may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to the limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons.
 
When borrowing a security for delivery to a buyer, a fund also may be required to pay a premium and other transaction costs, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. A fund must normally repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest earned while the loan is outstanding. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses a fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Also, the lender of a security may terminate the loan at a time when a fund is unable to borrow the same security for delivery. In that case, a fund would need to purchase a replacement security at the then current market price or “buy in” by paying the lender an amount equal to the costs of purchasing the security.
 
Until a fund replaces a borrowed security, it is required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets to cover the fund’s short position. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position they are covering is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar securities. Additionally, a fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral held by the broker), marked-to-market daily, to cover its short sale obligations. This may limit a fund’s investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
 
Because a fund’s loss on a short sale arises from increases in the value of the security sold short, the loss is theoretically unlimited. In certain cases, purchasing a security to cover a short position can itself cause the price of the security to rise further, which would exacerbate the loss. Conversely, gains on short sales, after transaction and related costs, are generally the difference between the price at which a fund sold the borrowed security and the price it paid to purchase the security for delivery to the buyer. By contrast, a fund’s loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot drop below zero.
 
By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund is using a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the Fund’s exposure to long equity positions and make any change in the Fund’s net asset value greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that the Fund will leverage its portfolio, or if it does, that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful. The Fund also cannot guarantee that the use of leverage will produce a higher return on an investment.
 
Structured Notes Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes. Structured notes are subject to a number of fixed income risks including general market risk, interest rate risk, and the risk that the issuer on the note may fail to make interest and/or principal payments when due, or may default on its obligations entirely. In addition, because the performance of structured notes tracks the performance of the underlying debt obligation, structured notes generally are subject to more risk than investing in a simple note or bond issued by the same issuer. It is impossible to predict whether the referenced factor (such as an index or interest rate) or prices of the underlying securities will rise or fall. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in structured notes, the Underlying Fund may be more volatile than other funds that do not invest in structured notes. The actual trading prices of structured notes may be significantly different from the principal amount of the notes. If an Underlying Fund sells the structured notes prior to maturity, it may suffer a loss of principal. At final maturity, structured notes may be redeemed in cash or in kind, which is at the discretion of the issuer. If the notes are redeemed in kind, a fund would receive shares of stock at a depressed price. To the extent that a structured note is not principal-protected through an insurance feature, the note’s principal will not be protected. In the case of a decrease in the value of the underlying asset, an Underlying Fund would receive shares at a value less than the original amount invested; while an increase in the value of an underlying asset will not increase the return on the note.
 
38

Swap Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into interest rate, index, total return and currency swap agreements. Swap agreements are two-party contracts under which the fund and a counterparty, such as a broker or dealer, agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on an agreed-upon underlying asset or investment over the term of the swap. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Subadviser or an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads, liquidity or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Fund or Underlying Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Swaps and swap options can be used for a variety of purposes, including: to manage fund exposure to changes in interest or foreign currency exchange rates and credit quality; as an efficient means of adjusting fund overall exposure to certain markets; in an effort to enhance income or total return or protect the value of portfolio securities; to serve as a cash management tool; and to adjust portfolio duration.

There are risks in the use of swaps. Swaps could result in losses if interest or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated. Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or investments do not perform as anticipated. Total return swaps involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations. Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap. To the extent the Fund or an Underlying Fund enters into a total return swap on equity securities, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will receive the positive performance of a notional amount of such securities underlying the total return swap. In exchange, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be obligated to pay the negative performance of such notional amount of securities. Therefore, the Fund or the Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a substantial decrease in the market value of the equity securities. The use of swaps may not always be successful; using them could lower fund total return, their prices can be highly volatile, and the potential loss from the use of swaps can exceed the fund’s initial investment in such instruments. Also, the other party to a swap agreement could default on its obligations or refuse to cash out the fund’s investment at a reasonable price, which could turn an expected gain into a loss.
 
Currently, certain categories of interest rate swaps are subject to mandatory clearing, and more are expected to be cleared in the future. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally expected to be lower than for uncleared over-the-counter derivative transactions as each party to a transaction looks only to the central clearing house for performance of obligations under the transaction. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations to the fund or that the fund’s use of swaps will be advantageous.
 
Underlying Fund Risks
 
The Fund will invest in Underlying Funds such as other closed-end funds and ETFs. The expenses of the Fund will generally be higher than the direct expenses of other fund shares. The Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses. The Fund may also incur brokerage costs when it purchases shares of Underlying Funds. Furthermore, investments in Underlying Funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to Common Shareholders and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by investors in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund will go up and down with the prices of Underlying Fund shares (and other securities) in which the Fund invests. Similarly, the value of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds will go up and down with the prices of the securities in which the Underlying Funds invest.
 
There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices or operations of the Underlying Funds. To the extent that the Fund invests in one or more Underlying Funds that concentrate in a particular industry, the Fund would be vulnerable to factors affecting that industry and the concentrating Underlying Funds’ performance, and that of the Fund, may be more volatile than Underlying Funds that do not concentrate.
 
As the Fund will invest at least 65% of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds and at least 80% of its Managed Assets in Underlying Funds, the Fund’s performance will depend to a greater extent on the overall performance of closed-end funds, ETFs and BDCs generally, in addition to the performance of the specific Underlying Funds (and other assets) in which the Fund invests.  The use of leverage by Underlying Funds magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in Underlying Funds.  Further, the Underlying Funds are not subject to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions. The Fund generally receives information regarding the portfolio holdings of Underlying Funds only when that information is made available to the public. The Fund cannot dictate how the Underlying Funds invest their assets. The Underlying Funds may invest their assets in securities and other instruments, and may use investment techniques and strategies, that are not described in this prospectus.   Common Shareholders will bear two layers of fees and expenses with respect to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds because each of the Fund and the Underlying Fund will charge fees and incur separate expenses.  In addition, subject to applicable 1940 Act limitations, the Underlying Funds themselves may purchase securities issued by registered and unregistered funds (e.g., common stock, preferred stock, auction rate preferred stock), and those investments would be subject to the risks associated with Underlying Funds and unregistered funds (including a third layer of fees and expenses, i.e., the Underlying Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the funds in which the Underlying Fund invests, in addition to the Underlying Fund’s own fees and expenses). An Underlying Fund with positive performance may indirectly receive a performance fee from the Fund, even when the Fund’s overall returns are negative.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
39

The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value and closed-end funds may not be able to outperform their benchmarks. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
 
The Fund may invest in BDCs. BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. While BDCs are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance-based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. A BDC’s incentive fee may be very high, vary from year to year and be payable even if the value of the BDC’s portfolio declines in a given time period. Incentive fees may create an incentive for a BDC’s manager to make investments that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements, and may also encourage the BDC’s manager to use leverage to increase the return on the BDC’s investments. The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs. A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.

The 1940 Act imposes certain constraints upon the operations of a BDC. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Generally, little public information exists for private and thinly traded companies in which a BDC may invest and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of a BDC and its portfolio of investments. With respect to investments in debt instruments, there is a risk that the issuers of such instruments may default on their payments or declare bankruptcy. Many debt investments in which a BDC may invest will not be rated by a credit rating agency and will be below investment grade quality. These investments are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer’s capacity to make payments of interest and principal. Although lower grade securities are potentially higher yielding, they are also characterized by high risk. In addition, the secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Certain BDCs may also be difficult to value since many of the assets of BDCs do not have readily ascertainable market values.

Additionally, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s asset coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 200% after such incurrence. These limitations on asset mix and leverage may affect the way that the BDC raises capital. BDCs compete with other entities for the types of investments they make, and such entities are not necessarily subject to the same investment constraints as BDCs.

Index-based ETFs (and other index funds) in which the Fund may invest may not be able to replicate exactly the performance of the indices they track or benchmark because the total return generated by the securities will be reduced by transaction costs incurred in adjusting the actual balance of the securities. In addition, index-based ETFs (and other index funds) will incur expenses not incurred by their applicable indices. Certain securities comprising the indices tracked by these investments may, from time to time, temporarily be unavailable, which may further impede the ability of the index-based ETFs and other index funds to track their applicable indices. Underlying Funds may not be able to match or outperform their respective benchmarks. With sector ETFs, there is a risk that securities within the same group of industries will decline in price due to sector-specific market or economic developments. The Fund may also invest in actively managed ETFs that are subject to management risk as the ETF’s investment adviser will apply certain investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions. There can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
 
40

Certain of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund will invest may be taxed as regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify and remain eligible for the special tax treatment accorded to regulated investment companies and their shareholders, such Underlying Funds must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If an Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, such Underlying Fund would be liable for federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains. Such failure by an Underlying Fund could substantially reduce the Underlying Fund’s net assets and the amount of income available for distribution to the Fund, which would in turn decrease the total return of the Fund in respect of such investment.

The Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds may be limited by provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally limit the amount the Fund and its affiliates can invest in any one Underlying Fund to 3% of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding voting stock. As a result, the Fund may hold a smaller position in an Underlying Fund than if it were not subject to this restriction. In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Underlying Fund stockholders are solicited to vote, the Subadviser may be required to vote Underlying Fund shares in the same proportion as shares held by other stockholders of the Underlying Fund. However, pursuant to exemptive orders issued by the SEC to various ETF sponsors, the Fund is permitted to invest in such Underlying Funds in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in such exemptive orders.
 
Warrants Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period or perpetually. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. The value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Board of Directors
 
The Fund’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for management of the Fund. The Board of Directors decides upon matters of general policy and generally oversee the actions of the Adviser, the Subadviser and other service providers of the Fund. The name and business address of the Board of Directors and officers of the Fund, and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth under “Board Members and Officers” in the SAI.
 
Investment Adviser
 
ALPS Advisors, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ALPS Holdings, Inc., is the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is responsible for, among other things, furnishing a continual investment program for the Fund in accordance with its investment objective and policies, coordinating and monitoring the investment activities of the Subadviser, and managing and administering the Fund’s business affairs, each subject to the general supervision and direction of the Board of Directors. The Adviser commenced business operations in December 2006 upon the acquisition of an existing investment advisory operation, is registered with the SEC and as of September 30, 2015, managed approximately $14.1 billion. The Adviser is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203, and is affiliated with the Fund’s administrator and transfer agent. ALPS Holdings, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of DST Systems, Inc.
 
41

Subadviser
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, a majority owned subsidiary of RiverNorth Holding Co., is the Fund’s subadviser and makes the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund. Founded in 2000, the Subadviser is located at 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. The Subadviser is registered with the SEC and as of September 30, 2015, manages approximately $3.1 billion for four series of a registered open-end management investment companies and private investment funds.
 
Portfolio Management
 
Patrick W. Galley, CFA, is the Fund’s co-portfolio manager. Mr. Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Subadviser. Mr. Galley heads the firm’s research and investment team and oversees all portfolio management activities at the Subadviser. Mr. Galley also serves as the President and Chairman of RiverNorth Funds. Prior to joining the Subadviser in 2004, he was most recently a Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group, where he specialized in analyzing and structuring corporate transactions for investment management firms in addition to closed-end and open-end funds, hedge funds, funds of funds, structured investment vehicles and insurance/reinsurance companies. Mr. Galley graduated with honors from Rochester Institute of Technology with a B.S. in Finance. He has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
Stephen O’Neill, CFA, is the Fund’s other co-portfolio manager. Mr. O’Neill is a Portfolio Manager for the Subadviser. Mr. O’Neill conducts qualitative and quantitative analysis of closed-end funds and their respective asset classes. Prior to joining the Subadviser in 2007, he was most recently an Assistant Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group. At Bank of America, he specialized in the corporate real estate, asset management, and structured finance industries. Mr. O’Neill graduated magna cum laude from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio with a B.S. in finance and a minor in economics. Mr. O’Neill has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
The Fund’s SAI provides information about the compensation received by Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill, other accounts that they manage and their ownership of the Fund’s equity securities.
 
Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
 
Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for managing the Fund’s affairs, subject at all times to the general oversight of the Fund’s Board of Directors. The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides.
 
In addition to the fees of the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its directors (other than those affiliated with the Adviser or the Subadviser), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, stockholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s portfolio to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides.
 
Because the fees received by the Adviser and the Subadviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other. Because leverage costs will be borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, the Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses, including expenses incurred as a result of any leverage, are paid only by the holders of Common Shares and not by holders of preferred stock or through borrowings. See “Use of Leverage.”
 
42

A discussion of the basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements will be provided in the Fund’s initial shareholder report. The basis for subsequent continuations of these agreements will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.
 
In addition, under a License Agreement, the Subadviser has consented to the use by the Fund of the identifying word or name “RiverNorth” in the name of the Fund, and to use of certain associated trademarks. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Subadviser or an affiliate thereof as investment subadviser to the Fund. If at any time the Fund ceases to employ the Subadviser or an affiliate as investment subadviser of the Fund, the Fund may be required to cease using the word or name “RiverNorth” in the name of the Fund, and cease making use of the associated trademarks, as promptly as practicable.
 
Administrative Services
 
The Fund’s administrator is ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“AFS”), an affiliate of the Adviser and the Fund’s transfer agent. AFS is a service company and SEC-registered transfer agent. Under the Administration Agreement, AFS is responsible for calculating net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services. The address of AFS is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203. For its services, AFS will receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
Net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). Net asset value is calculated by dividing the value of all of the securities and other assets of the Fund, less the liabilities (including accrued expenses and indebtedness) and the aggregate liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares, by the total number of Common Shares outstanding.
 
The Fund’s assets, including its investments in Underlying Funds, are generally valued at their market value using market quotations. The Fund may use pricing services to provide market quotations. If market quotations are not available or, in the Subadviser’s opinion, market quotations do not reflect market value, or if an event occurs after the close of trading on the domestic or foreign exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (but prior to the time the NAV is calculated) that materially affects market value, the security will be valued at fair value according to policies approved by the Fund’s Board of Directors. For example, if trading in a portfolio security is halted and does not resume before the Fund calculates its NAV, the security may need to be fair valued using the Fund’s fair value pricing policies. Fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may differ materially from the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security. The Fund will invest in Underlying Funds. The Fund’s NAV is calculated based, in part, upon the market prices of the Underlying Funds in its portfolio, and the prospectuses of those companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of doing so.
 
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the first dividend, the Fund intends to implement a level distribution policy, pursuant to which the Fund will make regular monthly cash distributions of its net investment income to holders of Common Shares at a level rate based on the projected performance of the Fund, which rate is a fixed dollar amount which may be adjusted from time to time. The Fund expects to declare its initial monthly dividend within 30 to 45 days and pay its initial monthly dividend within approximately 60 to 75 days after the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. Dividends and distributions may be payable in cash or Common Shares, with shareholders having the option to receive additional Common Shares in lieu of cash. The Fund may at times, in its discretion, pay out less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in any particular period and may at times pay out such accumulated undistributed income in addition to net investment income earned in other periods in order to permit the Fund to maintain a more stable level of distributions. As a result, the dividend paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income earned by the Fund during such period. The Fund’s ability to maintain a stable level of distributions to stockholders will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from its investments. The amount of monthly distributions may vary depending on a number of factors, including the costs of any leverage. As portfolio and market conditions change, the amount of dividends on the Fund’s Common Shares could change. For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income each year to both reduce its federal income tax liability and to avoid a potential federal excise tax. The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually.
 
43

The Adviser has received an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund, subject to certain terms and conditions, to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). To the extent that the Adviser relies on the exemptive order, the Fund will be required to comply with the terms and conditions therein, which, among other things, requires the Fund to make certain disclosures to shareholders and prospective shareholders regarding distributions, and would require the Fund's Board of Directors to make determinations regarding the appropriateness of use of the distribution policy. Under such a distribution policy, it is possible that the Fund might distribute more than its income and net realized capital gains; therefore, distributions to shareholders may result in a return of capital. There is no assurance that the Fund will rely on the exemptive order in the future.

In addition to regular monthly distributions, for the first year following the completion of this offering, the Fund intends to pay quarterly distributions (each, a “Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution”) to Common Shareholders if the conditions described below have been met (the “Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program”). The date on which the amount of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be measured (each, a “Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date”) for the first Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be March 15, 2016 and subsequent Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Dates will occur every three months thereafter (a “Quarterly Special Distribution Period”) on the 15th day of each such month (or, if such date is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) during the one-year period following the completion of this offering. The aggregate amount payable for each Quarterly Special Distribution Period is expected to be equal to 50% of the amount by which the net asset value of the Fund as of the applicable Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date (the “Measurement NAV”) exceeds the net asset value of the Fund as of the most recent prior Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date for which a Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution was paid (the “Benchmark NAV”). The calculation of the Measurement NAV and the Benchmark NAV will be appropriately adjusted to reflect distributions paid or to be paid by the Fund.  For purposes of calculating the Measurement NAV, the Fund will subtract from the net asset value as of the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date the amount of any regular monthly distribution not reflected in the net asset value on such date but which is declared prior to or simultaneous with the declaration of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution during that month. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Benchmark NAV, the Fund will subtract from the NAV as of the Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date for the applicable prior Quarterly Special Distribution Period the amounts of any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution and regular monthly distribution that had not been reflected in the net asset value as of such date but were declared by the end of the month in which such Quarterly Special Distribution Measurement Date occurred.  For the purposes of the first Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution, the Benchmark NAV will be $19.36 per Common Share. There can be no assurance that the net asset value of the Fund will increase or any Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution will be made by the Fund. The Board of Directors will review the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program from time to time and may determine to modify, suspend or cancel the program. The Fund will provide Common Shareholders with advance notice in the event of any such determination by the Board of Directors to modify, suspend or cancel the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program.  See “Risks—Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program Risk” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”  Unless an election is made to receive distributions in cash, Common Shareholders will automatically have their Contingent Quarterly Special Distributions reinvested in Common Shares through the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”). See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for more information, including information on how to opt out of the Plan.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such incurrence the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness. Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital shares, or purchase any such capital shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.
 
While any preferred stock is outstanding, the Fund may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accumulated preferred dividends have been paid and (ii) the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (expected to be equal to the original purchase price per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).
 
44

In addition to the limitations imposed by the 1940 Act described above, certain lenders may impose additional restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions on the Common Shares in the event of a default on the Fund’s borrowings. If the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its Common Shares is limited, such limitations could, under certain circumstances, impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, which would have adverse tax consequences for shareholders. See “Use of Leverage” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive cash by contacting DST Systems, Inc. (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional Common Shares. Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Such notice will be effective with respect to a particular dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”). Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on behalf of Common Shareholders and may re-invest that cash in additional Common Shares.
 
Whenever the Fund declares a Dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commissions per Common Share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per Common Share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commissions (i.e., the Fund’s Common Shares are trading at a discount), the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases.
 
In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly income Dividends. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date.
 
45

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
Beneficial owners of Common Shares who hold their Common Shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan. In the case of Common Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below. Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.
 
The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator at DST Systems, Inc., 333 West 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON SHARES
 
The following summary of the terms of the Common Shares of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
 
The Fund’s authorized capital stock consists of 37,500,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which is initially classified as Common Shares. As of the date of this Prospectus, ALPS Advisors, Inc. owned of record and beneficially 5,166 of the Fund’s Common Shares, constituting 100% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and thus, until the public offering of the shares is completed, will control the Fund.
 
In general, stockholders or subscribers for the Fund’s stock have no personal liability for the debts and obligations of the Fund because of their status as stockholders or subscribers, except to the extent that the subscription price or other agreed consideration for the stock has not been paid.
 
Under the Fund’s Charter, the Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock and authorize the issuance of shares of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. Also, the Fund’s Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board, but without any action by the stockholders of the Fund, may amend the Fund’s Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of the Fund or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has authority to issue.
 
Common Stock
 
The Common Shares to be issued in the offering will be, upon payment as described in this Prospectus, fully paid and non-assessable. The Common Shares have no preemptive, conversion, exchange, appraisal or redemption rights, and each share has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights.
 
46

Common Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends if and when the Board of Directors declares dividends from funds legally available. Whenever Fund preferred stock or borrowings are outstanding, Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on the Fund preferred stock and interest and principal payments on borrowings have been paid, and unless the applicable asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act would be satisfied after giving effect to the distribution as described above.
 
In the event of the Fund’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Common Shares would be entitled to share ratably in all of the Fund’s assets that are legally available for distribution after the Fund pays all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of Fund preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time.
 
Common Shareholders are entitled to one vote per share. All voting rights for the election of Directors are noncumulative, which means that, assuming there is no Fund preferred stock outstanding, the holders of more than 50% of the Common Shares will elect 100% of the Directors then nominated for election if they choose to do so and, in such event, the holders of the remaining Common Shares will not be able to elect any Directors.
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into other classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the Board is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the Board could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of the Fund’s Common Shares or otherwise be in their best interest. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has no plans to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock.
 
It is expected that the Fund’s Common Shares will be accepted for listing on the NYSE, upon notice of issuance, under the symbol “RIV.” Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, the Fund will be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders in each year.
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock, without the approval of the holders of the common stock. Prior to issuance of any shares of preferred stock, the Board is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for such shares. Thus, the Board could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of the Fund’s Common Shares or otherwise be in their best interest. No shares of preferred stock are presently outstanding.
 
Any issuance of shares of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Specifically, the Fund is not permitted under the 1940 Act to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock. Among other requirements, including other voting rights, the 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two Directors at all times. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred stock would have the right to elect a majority of the Fund’s Directors at any time two years’ dividends on any preferred stock are unpaid.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FUND’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS
AND OF MARYLAND LAW
 
The following summary of certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of the Charter and Bylaws of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the Registration Statement.
 
47

General
 
The Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure.
 
These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. On the other hand, since these provisions may require persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with the Fund’s management regarding the price to be paid for the shares required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objective.
 
The Board of Directors has concluded that the potential benefits of these provisions outweigh their possible disadvantages.
 
Classified Board of Directors
 
The Fund’s Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of stockholders, respectively, and, in each case, until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified Board of Directors promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. The Fund believes that classification of the Board of Directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Fund’s strategies and policies as determined by the Board of Directors.
 
Election of Directors
 
The MGCL provides that unless the charter or bylaws of a corporation provide otherwise, which the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws do not, a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director. Each Common Share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the Common Share is entitled to be voted.
 
As a result of this requirement, it is possible that no nominee would receive the required vote in an election of directors. In the case of a failure to elect one or more directors because the nominees receive votes constituting less than the required vote, the incumbent directors would hold over and continue to serve until the next election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.
 
Number of Directors; Vacancies
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws. The Bylaws provide that a majority of the Fund’s entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that there may be no fewer than three directors and no more than 15 directors.
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the Fund elects, at such time as the Fund becomes eligible to make such an election (i.e., when the Fund has at least three independent directors and the common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
48

Removal of Directors
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of one or more class or series of the Fund’s preferred stock to elect or remove directors, a director may be removed from office only for cause (as defined in the Charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.
 
Absence of Cumulative Voting
 
There is no cumulative voting in the election of the Fund’s directors. Cumulative voting means that holders of stock of a corporation are entitled, in the election of directors, to cast a number of votes equal to the number of shares that they own multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. Because a stockholder entitled to cumulative voting may cast all of his or her votes for one nominee or disperse his or her votes among nominees as he or she chooses, cumulative voting is generally considered to increase the ability of minority shareholders to elect nominees to a corporation’s Board of Directors. In general, the absence of cumulative voting means that the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Actions
 
The Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors and the favorable vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and shares of preferred stock (if any) entitled to be voted on the matter, voting together as a single class, to advise, approve, adopt or authorize the following:
 
·                       a “Business Combination,” which includes the following:
 
· a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with another corporation;
 
· an issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business; or
 
· a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business;
 
·                       the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or charter amendment to terminate the Fund’s existence;
 
·                      except as otherwise discussed under “Contingent Conversion Feature,” the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end company to an open-end company, and any amendments necessary to effect the conversion; or
 
·                       unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any stockholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which stockholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.
 
However, the stockholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those as to which stockholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law) if they are approved by a vote of two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as defined below). In that case, if Maryland law requires stockholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Fund will be required. In addition, if the Fund has any preferred stock outstanding, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the preferred stock, voting separately as a class, would be required under the 1940 Act to adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the holders of the preferred stock, to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company or to deviate from any of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies.
 
49

“Continuing Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is not an Interested Party (as defined below) or an affiliate of an Interested Party and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since December 2, 2013, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.
 
“Interested Party” means any person, other than an investment company advised by the Adviser or any of its affiliates, which enters, or proposes to enter, into a Business Combination with the Fund.
 
In addition, the Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors to advise, approve, adopt or authorize any of the following:
 
·              the election and removal of officers;
 
·              the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors (including the election of directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the increase in size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director, in which case the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office shall be required);
 
·              the creation of and delegation of authority and appointment of members to committees of the Board of Directors;
 
·              amendments to the Fund’s Bylaws (which may only be effected by the Board of Directors, not the stockholders);
 
·              Charter amendments and any other action requiring stockholder approval; and
 
·              entering into, terminating or amending an investment advisory agreement.
 
The Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting of the Fund for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. Such provision in the Charter may be amended only upon the approval by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. If approved by shareholders on the Convention Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
The Board of Directors has determined that the foregoing supermajority requirements applicable to certain votes of the directors and the stockholders, which are greater than the minimum requirements permitted under Maryland law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of the Fund. Reference should be made to the Charter on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
 
Action by Shareholders
 
Under the MGCL, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or, unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent (which is not the case in the Fund’s Charter), by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of the Fund’s Bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting, as discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
 
Procedures for Stockholder Nominations and Proposals
 
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must comply with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws. Nominations and proposals that fail to follow the prescribed procedures will not be considered. The Board believes that it is in the Fund’s best interests to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a slate of nominations for directors or proposals for new business. This advance notice requirement also may give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any slate of nominations should management determine that doing so is in the best interest of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. For stockholder proposals to be included in the Fund’s proxy materials, the stockholder must comply with all timing and information requirements of the Exchange Act.
 
50

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders
 
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors and certain of its officers. Additionally, the Fund’s Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the Fund’s Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
 
No Appraisal Rights
 
As permitted by the MGCL, the Fund’s Charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights, unless the Fund’s Board of Directors determines that such rights apply.
 
Limitations on Liabilities
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the personal liability of the Fund’s directors and officers for monetary damages is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. Maryland law currently provides that directors and officers of corporations that have adopted such a provision will generally not be so liable, except to the extent that (i) it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property, or services actually received; and (ii) a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Fund, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law to obligate the Fund to indemnify and advance expenses to the Fund’s directors and officers. The Fund’s Bylaws provide that the Fund will indemnify its officers and directors against liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, and that it shall advance expenses to such persons prior to a final disposition of an action. The rights of indemnification provided in the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws are not exclusive of any other rights which may be available under any insurance or other agreement, by resolution of shareholders or directors or otherwise.
 
Authorized Shares
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the issuance of 37,500,000 Common Shares, and authorizes a majority of the Fund’s Board of Directors, without shareholder approval, to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has the authority to issue, to authorize the issuance of shares of the Fund’s common and preferred stock, and to classify and reclassify any unissued shares into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms thereof. The authorization of Common Shares and shares of preferred stock in excess of the amount issued, and the authority of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Directors to increase the Fund’s authorized capital stock or any class or series thereof without shareholder approval, may be used by the Fund’s Board of Directors consistent with its duties to deter attempts to gain control of the Fund. Further, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction that some of the Fund’s shareholders might believe to be in their best interests.
 
51

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Maryland Law
 
Maryland Business Combination Act
 
The provisions of the Maryland Business Combination Act (the “MBCA”) do not apply to a closed-end investment company, such as the Fund, unless it has affirmatively elected to be subject to the MBCA by a resolution of its board of directors. To date, the Fund has not made such an election but may make such an election under Maryland law at any time. Any such election, however, could be subject to certain of the 1940 Act limitations discussed below under “Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act” and would not apply to any person who had become an interested stockholder (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.
 
Under the MBCA, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the MBCA, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:
 
·              any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or
 
·              an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
 
A person is not an interested stockholder under the MBCA if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
 
After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:
 
·              80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
 
·              two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.
 
These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the MBCA, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
 
The MBCA permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.
 
Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act
 
The provisions of the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (the “MCSAA”) do not apply to a closed-end investment company, such as the Fund, unless it has affirmatively elected to be subject to the MCSAA by a resolution of its board of directors. To date, the Fund has not made such an election but may make such an election under Maryland law at any time. Any such election, however, would be subject to the 1940 Act limitations discussed below and would not apply to any person who had become a holder of control shares (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.
 
The MCSAA provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers of the acquirer or by an employee of the acquirer who is also a director of the acquirer are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:
 
52

·              one-tenth or more but less than one-third,
 
·              one-third or more but less than a majority, or
 
·              a majority or more of all voting power.
 
Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the MCSAA, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
 
Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act provides that “every share of stock...issued by a registered management company...shall be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock.”
 
Therefore, the Fund is prevented by the 1940 Act from issuing a class of shares with voting rights that vary within that class. There are currently different views on whether or not the MCSAA conflicts with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. One view is that implementation of the MCSAA would conflict with the 1940 Act because it would deprive certain shares of their voting rights. Another view is that implementation of the MCSAA would not conflict with the 1940 Act because it would limit the voting rights of stockholders who choose to acquire shares of stock that put them within the specified percentages of ownership rather than limiting the voting rights of the shares themselves. In a November 15, 2010 letter, the staff of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management expressed the view that, based on the wording of, and purposes underlying, the 1940 Act generally, and Section 18(i) specifically, a closed-end fund, by opting in to the MCSAA, would be acting in a manner inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. In light of the foregoing, the Fund will not elect to be subject to the MCSAA in the absence of a judgment of a federal court of competent jurisdiction or the issuance of a rule or regulation of the SEC or a published interpretation by the SEC or its staff that the provisions of the MCSAA are not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act, or a change to the provisions of the 1940 Act having the same effect.
 
Additionally, if the Fund elected to be subject to the MCSAA, it would not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the Fund is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the Fund’s Charter or the Fund’s Bylaws.
 
53

Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:
 
·              a classified board;
 
·              a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;
 
·              a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of directors;
 
·              a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
·              a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.
 
The charter of a corporation may contain a provision or the board of directors may adopt a provision that prohibits the corporation from electing to be subject to any or all of the provisions of Subtitle 8.
 
The Subtitle 8 elections are not currently relevant to the Fund, because provisions in the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8 (except with respect to Board vacancies) already make the Fund subject to each of the five provisions set forth above.
 
REPURCHASE OF SHARES
 
Shares of closed-end funds often trade at a discount to net asset value, and the Fund’s shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Common Shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of shares in the market, the Fund’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund.
 
Although Common Shareholders will not have the right to redeem their shares, the Fund may (but is not obligated to) take action to repurchase shares in the open market or make tender offers for its shares at net asset value. During the pendency of any tender offer, the Fund will publish how Common Shareholders may readily ascertain the net asset value. For more information see “Repurchase of Shares” in the SAI. Repurchase of the Common Shares may have the effect of reducing any market discount to net asset value.
 
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for shares, such action will result in the shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of shares by the Fund will decrease the total assets of the Fund and, therefore, have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective. To the extent the Fund may need to liquidate investments to fund repurchases of shares, this may result in portfolio turnover which will result in additional expenses being borne by the Fund and its shareholders. The Board of Directors currently considers the following factors to be relevant to a potential decision to repurchase shares: the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, and the impact of any action on the Fund and market considerations. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act.
 
CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
 
The Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company at any time if approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law” for a discussion of the voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company and any related Charter amendments. If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, it would be required to redeem all preferred stock of the Fund then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio). Conversion to open-end status could also require the Fund to modify certain investment restrictions and policies. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or permitted under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. The Board of Directors may at any time (but is not required to) propose conversion of the Fund to open-end status, depending upon its judgment regarding the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.
 
54

Contingent Conversion Feature
 
The Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”). Such shareholder meeting may be adjourned or postponed in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund to a date in calendar year 2021. A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company under the Declaration requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed-end management investment company.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of common shares of the Fund.  This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances.  This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark-to-market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities.  In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences.  The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary.  No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to shareholders. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax-exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain. Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year. In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one-year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax.  However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.
 
55

If, for any taxable year, the Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which would generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, and non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
A Common Shareholder will have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in shares of common stock of the Fund (unless the stockholder “opts out” of the Plan). For shareholders subject to U.S. federal income tax, all dividends will generally be taxable regardless of whether the shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) will generally be taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, a portion of such distributions derived from certain corporate dividends, if any, may qualify for either the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code or the reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation for “qualified dividend income” available to non-corporate shareholders under Section 1(h)(11) of the Code, provided in each case certain holding period and other requirements are met. Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are generally taxable as long-term capital gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time a shareholder has held shares of the Fund.  If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income and/or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.
 
A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax-free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its shares. Distributions in excess of the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits may be more likely as a result of the Contingent Quarterly Special Distribution Program. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her, or its shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. The U.S. federal income tax status of all dividends and distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually. The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income treatment.
 
The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually. If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income as long-term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If such an event occurs, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder.
 
Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.
 
If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.
 
56

Certain of the investment practices of the Fund or an Underlying Fund are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert tax-advantaged, long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund or an Underlying Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the timing as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test and (vii) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions and may make certain federal income tax elections where applicable in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions, if possible.
 
The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests. Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of the Fund. A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Fund. Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules. Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default may present special federal income tax issues for the Fund. The federal income tax consequences to a holder of such securities are not entirely certain. If the Fund’s characterization of such investments were successfully challenged by the IRS or the IRS issues guidance regarding investments in such securities, it may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions or otherwise satisfied the requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid federal income and excise taxes.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries, which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).
 
Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors with reference to their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes, as the following discussion assumes, and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions. Gain or loss will generally be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold or exchanged. Such gain or loss will generally be characterized as capital gain or loss and will be long-term if the shareholder’s holding period for the shares is more than one year and short-term if it is one year or less. However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such shares. For the purposes of calculating the six-month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited. In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event that substantially identical stock or securities are acquired (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the shares acquired.
 
57

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts. Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the Common Shares should not, by itself, cause the holders of Common Shares to become subject to alternative minimum tax.
 
The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold at a current rate of 28% on reportable payments including dividends, capital gain distributions, and proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s shares paid to certain holders of the Fund’s shares who do not furnish the Fund with their correct social security number or other taxpayer identification number and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
This Prospectus does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder of an investment in common stock. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non-U.S. status).
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the federal income tax rules applicable to the Fund can be found in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, and local income or other taxes before making an investment in the Fund.
 
UNDERWRITERS
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is acting as the representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
Name
Number of
Common Shares
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
D.A. Davidson & Co.
 
Dawson James Securities, Inc.
 
FBR Capital Markets & Co.
 
Henley & Company LLC
 
Hilltop Securities Inc.
 
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
 
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
 
J.V.B. Financial Group, LLC
 
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
 
Maxim Group LLC
 
National Securities Corporation
 
Newbridge Securities Corporation
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
 
B.C. Ziegler and Company
 
Total:
 
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) shown above if any of the Common Shares are purchased.
 
58

The underwriters propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the Common Shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $   per share. The sales load the investors in the Fund will pay of $0.60 per share is equal to 3.00% of the initial offering price. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representative may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before    , 2015. The representative has advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Additional Underwriter Compensation
 
The Adviser and the Subadviser (and not the Fund) have agreed to pay to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated from their own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $    , $     and $    . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will not exceed      %,     % and    % of the total public offering price.
 
The Fund and ALPS have entered into a distribution assistance agreement with ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. (“APSD”) under which APSD provides assistance to ALPS and the Fund with respect to distribution of the Common Shares. The fees due pursuant to this distribution assistance agreement will be paid exclusively by the Fund, except as noted below. The Fund has agreed to compensate APSD up to 0.10% of the amount of the offering (inclusive of any exercise of the over-allotment option) (the “APSD Fee”), provided that, the Fund has not otherwise paid offering expenses up to the reimbursement cap of $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund will also reimburse APSD for up to $250,000 of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the road show (the “APSD Expenses”) to the extent that the Fund has not otherwise paid offering expenses up to the reimbursement cap of $0.04 per Common Share. To the extent that the amount paid by the Fund to APSD is less than the sum of the APSD Fee plus the APSD Expenses, ALPS shall pay APSD the difference. APSD is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and may be deemed an “underwriter” for purposes of this offering under the Securities Act, although APSD will not purchase or resell any of the Common Shares in connection with the offering.

The Adviser and the Subadviser (and not the Fund) may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.
 
All additional compensation payments to the underwriters by the Adviser and the Subadviser will be a one-time fee.
 
In addition, the Fund has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering in the aggregate amount not exceeding $        , which is deemed underwriting compensation by FINRA. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses (including reimbursed expenses), will be limited to not more than 9.00% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to    additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
 
The Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, with certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided that the Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
To meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell Common Shares in a manner such that shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the NYSE, at least 1,100,000 Common Shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $60 million. It is anticipated that the Fund’s Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “RIV”.
 
The following table shows the sales load that investors in the Fund will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares.
 
   
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 
Per Share
 
$
     
$
     
Total
 
$
     
$
     
59

The Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Certain underwriters may make a market in Common Shares after trading in Common Shares has commenced on the NYSE. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.
 
In connection with the offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of itself and the other underwriters, may purchase and sell the Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of Common Shares made in an amount up to the number of Common Shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of Common Shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Common Shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the over-allotment option.
 
Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Common Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of Common Shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Common Shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
 
The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases Common Shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the Common Shares.
 
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Common Shares. They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
A Prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this prospectus. The representative may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representative will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.
 
The Fund anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
 
60

Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform investment banking and advisory services for the Adviser and the Subadviser and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which such underwriters have received, and may expect to receive, customary fees and expenses.
 
Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, ALPS Advisors, Inc. purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.
 
The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 550 South Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202.
 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company, located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, will serve as the Fund’s custodian and will maintain custody of the securities and cash of the Fund. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
 
DST Systems, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser and the Fund’s administrator, located at 333 West 11th Street, 5th floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, will serve as the Fund’s transfer agent and registrar.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Dechert LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Dechert LLP and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP, Washington, DC.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
The Fund will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Fund with the SEC pursuant to the informational requirements of such Acts can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including the Fund (when available), that file electronically with the SEC.
 
This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document field as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
 
THE FUND’S PRIVACY POLICY
 
The Fund is committed to ensuring your financial privacy. This notice is being sent to comply with privacy regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Fund has in effect the following policy with respect to nonpublic personal information about its customers:
 
·              Only such information received from you, through application forms or otherwise, and information about your Fund transactions will be collected.
 
·              None of such information about you (or former customers) will be disclosed to anyone, except as permitted by law (which includes disclosure to employees necessary to service your account).
 
61

·              Policies and procedures (including physical, electronic and procedural safeguards) are in place that are designed to protect the confidentiality of such information.
 
·              The Fund does not currently obtain consumer information. If the Fund were to obtain consumer information at any time in the future, it would employ appropriate procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to protect against unauthorized access to and properly dispose of consumer information.
 
For more information about the Fund’s privacy policies call (855) 830-1222 (toll-free).

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Investment Restrictions
1
Investment Policies And Techniques
2
Management Of The Fund
24
Investment Adviser and Subadviser
24
Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
25
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
26
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares
26
Conflicts of Interest
26
Other Accounts Managed
27
Administrator
27
Codes of Ethics
28
Fund Service Providers
28
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
28
Legal Counsel
28
Custodian and Transfer Agent
28
Portfolio Transactions
28
Dividends
29
Repurchase Of Shares
30
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
31
Fund Taxation
31
Shareholder Taxation
34
Other Taxes
37
Board Members And Officers
37
Independent Board Members
37
Interested Board Members and Officers
39
Securities Beneficially Owned
44
Proxy Voting Guidelines
44
Additional Information
45
Financial Statements And Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
46
Appendix A:  Proxy Voting Guidelines
50
63

Shares
 
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.
Common Stock
 
$20.00 per Share
______________________________
 
Prospectus
 
, 2015
______________________________
 
 
Wells Fargo Securities
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Dawson James Securities, Inc.
FBR
Henley & Company LLC
HilltopSecurities
Janney Montgomery Scott
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
J.V.B. Financial Group, LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann
Maxim Group LLC
National Securities Corporation
Newbridge Securities Corporation
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich
B.C. Ziegler
 
 
Until                 , 2016 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
64

The information in this preliminary statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated December 2, 2015

RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC. (the “Fund”)

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.  The Fund’s investment objective is total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income.  The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by pursuing a tactical asset allocation strategy and opportunistically investing under normal circumstances in closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs” and collectively, “Underlying Funds”).  Underlying Funds also may include business development companies.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its objective.
 
This statement of additional information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated               , 2015.  Investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing shares of common stock.  A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at (855) 830-1222.
 
The prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Washington, D.C. The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Investment Restrictions
1
Investment Policies And Techniques
2
Management Of The Fund
24
Investment Adviser and Subadviser
24
Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
25
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
26
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares
26
Conflicts of Interest
26
Other Accounts Managed
27
Administrator
27
Codes of Ethics
28
Fund Service Providers
28
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
28
Legal Counsel
28
Custodian and Transfer Agent
28
Portfolio Transactions
28
Dividends
29
Repurchase Of Shares
30
 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
31
Fund Taxation
31
Shareholder Taxation
34
Other Taxes
37
Board Members And Officers
37
Independent Board Members
37
Interested Board Members and Officers
39
Securities Beneficially Owned
44
Proxy Voting Guidelines
44
Additional Information
45
Financial Statements And Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
46
Appendix A:  Proxy Voting Guidelines
50
 

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the Fund’s investment policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders. There can be no assurance the Fund’s investment objective will be met.
 
Any investment restrictions herein that involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after and is caused by an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, the Fund.
 
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will not:
 
(1)              borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
 
(2)              issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
 
(3)              concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries (as the term “concentrate” is used in the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time), except to the extent that Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests concentrate their investments in a particular industry or group of industries;
 
(4)              engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;
 
(5)              purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities;
 
(6)              purchase or sell commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, future contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time;
 
(7)              With respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (except obligations of the United States Government and its instrumentalities and securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer; or
 
(8)              make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
 
A fundamental policy may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund which, under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this SAI, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. 
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (1)

The 1940 Act permits the Fund to borrow money in an amount up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less its liabilities (not including any borrowings but including the fair market value at the time of computation of any other senior securities then outstanding). The Fund may also borrow an additional 5% of its total assets without regard to the foregoing limitation for temporary purposes such as clearance of portfolio transactions.  Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.  For more information on leverage and the risks relating thereto, see “Risks—Structural Risks—Leverage Risks” in the Prospectus.
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (2)

 
The ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the 1940 Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing, and form of senior securities that may be issued. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps, futures contracts, the purchase of securities on margin, short sales, or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate assets or otherwise cover obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” by the Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund (or, as the case may be, the 200% asset coverage requirement applicable to preferred shares).

 
The Fund does not anticipate issuing any class of equity senior securities. Under the 1940 Act, the issuance of any other type of senior security by the Fund is subject to a requirement that provision is made that, (i) if on the last business day of each of 12 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage with respect to the senior security is less than 100%, the holders of such securities voting as a class shall be entitled to elect at least a majority of the Board with such voting right to continue until the asset coverage for such class of senior security is at least 110% on the last business day of each of 3 consecutive calendar months or, (ii) if on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage for such class of senior security is less than 100%, an event of default shall be deemed to have occurred.

 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (6)

 
The ability of the Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity-related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable the Fund to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Code.
 
 
1

Fundamental Investment Restriction (8)

The 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
Descriptions in this SAI of a particular investment practice or technique in which the Fund may engage are meant to describe the spectrum of investments that RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth” or the “Subadviser”), in its discretion may, but is not required to, use in managing the Fund’s assets. These same investment practices or techniques may be used by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of financial instruments or investment techniques described herein may not be available, permissible, economically feasible or effective for their intended purposes in all markets. Certain practices, techniques or instruments may not be principal activities of the Fund, but, to the extent employed, could from time to time have a material impact on the Fund’s performance.
 
Borrowing. The Fund may borrow funds and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. Currently, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) provided that it maintains continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and sells (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. The Fund may borrow through other means to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, including through a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution. In addition to borrowing for leverage purposes, the Fund also may borrow money to meet redemptions in order to avoid forced, unplanned sales of portfolio securities or for other temporary or emergency purposes. This allows the Fund greater flexibility to buy and sell portfolio securities for investment or tax considerations, rather than for cash flow considerations.
 
The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar policies. Because substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing may be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. The interest that the Fund must pay on borrowed money, together with any additional fees to establish and maintain a borrowing facility, are additional costs that will reduce or eliminate any net investment income and may also offset any potential capital gains. Unless appreciation and income, if any, on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what it would have been without leverage.
 
Cash Management.   The Fund may have cash balances that have not been invested in portfolio securities (“Uninvested Cash”).  Uninvested Cash may result from a variety of sources, including dividends or interest received from portfolio securities, unsettled securities transactions, reserves held for investment strategy purposes, assets to cover the Fund’s open derivatives positions, scheduled maturity of investments, liquidation of investment securities to meet anticipated redemptions and dividend payments, and new cash received from investors.  Uninvested Cash may be invested directly in money market instruments or other short-term debt obligations.
 
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits .   Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.
 
The Fund may also invest in certificates of deposit issued by banks and savings and loan institutions which had, at the time of their most recent annual financial statements, total assets of less than $1 billion, provided that (i) the principal amounts of such certificates of deposit are insured by an agency of the U.S. Government, (ii) at no time will the Fund hold more than $100,000 principal amount of certificates of deposit of any one such bank, and (iii) at the time of acquisition, no more than 10% of the Fund’s assets (taken at current value) are invested in certificates of deposit of such banks having total assets not in excess of $1 billion.
 
2

Banker’s acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligations of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity.
 
Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits which may be held by the Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary with market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
 
Closed-End Funds . Shares of closed-end funds are typically offered to the public in a one-time initial public offering by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission of between 3% and 6% of the initial public offering price. Such securities are then listed for trading on an exchange and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets. Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end fund, investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market.
 
The Fund generally will purchase shares of closed-end funds only in the secondary market. The Fund will incur normal brokerage costs on such purchases similar to the expenses the Fund would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market. The Fund may, however, also purchase securities of a closed-end fund in an initial public offering when, in the opinion of the Subadviser, based on a consideration of the nature of the closed-end fund’s proposed investments, the prevailing market conditions and the level of demand for such securities, they represent an attractive opportunity for growth of capital. The initial offering price typically will include a dealer spread, which may be higher than the applicable brokerage cost if the Fund purchased such securities in the secondary market.
 
The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares. This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value, but rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.
 
The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.
 
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders. The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
 
Commercial Paper . Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance current operations.
 
Common Stocks (Underlying Funds Only) . Common stock is issued by companies to raise cash for business purposes and represents a proportionate interest in the issuing companies. Therefore, the Underlying Fund participates in the success or failure of any company in which it holds stock. The market values of common stock can fluctuate significantly, reflecting the business performance of the issuing company, investor perception and general economic or financial market movements. Smaller companies are especially sensitive to these factors and may even become valueless.
 
3

Convertible Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock at the option of the holder during a specified period. Convertible securities may take the form of convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds or debentures, units consisting of “usable” bonds and warrants or a combination of the features of several of these securities. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.
 
Corporate Debt Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . Corporate debt securities are long- and short-term debt obligations issued by companies (such as publicly issued and privately placed bonds, notes and commercial paper). The Investment Adviser considers corporate debt securities to be of investment grade quality if they are rated BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC or Baa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or if unrated, determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality. Investment grade debt securities generally have adequate to strong protection of principal and interest payments. In the lower end of this category, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal than in higher rated categories. An Underlying Fund may invest in both secured and unsecured corporate bonds. A secured bond is backed by collateral and an unsecured bond is not. Therefore an unsecured bond may have a lower recovery value than a secured bond in the event of a default by its issuer. The Subadviser may incorrectly analyze the risks inherent in corporate bonds, such as the issuer’s ability to meet interest and principal payments, resulting in a loss to the Fund.
 
Depositary Receipts (Underlying Funds Only) . Sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR. Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker-dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company. Many of the risks described below regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.
 
Defaulted and Distressed Securities (Underlying Funds Only) .  Defaulted and distressed securities may include companies in bankruptcy, liquidation or those which may be in default on obligations.  Some of the risks involved with defaulted and distressed securities include legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants that are common when dealing with defaulted and distressed companies.  In the event of a default, an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment.  Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.  Because of the relative illiquidity of distressed debt and equity securities, short sales are difficult, and most funds primarily maintain long positions.  Some relative value trades are possible, where an investor sells short one class of a distressed company’s capital structure and purchases another.  Among the many risks associated with distressed investing are the time lag between when an investment is made and when the value of the investment is realized and the legal and other monitoring costs that are involved in protecting the value of an Underlying Fund’s claims.
 
Emerging Markets Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in foreign developed countries. These risks include (i) the smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity, (ii) significant price volatility, (iii) restrictions on foreign investment, and (iv) possible repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or the creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by an Underlying Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
 
4

Certain emerging markets limit, or require governmental approval prior to, investments by foreign persons. Repatriation of investment income and capital from certain emerging markets is subject to certain governmental consents. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect the operation of an Underlying Fund.
 
Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative. In addition, currency hedging techniques may be unavailable in certain emerging market countries. Further, any change in the leadership or politics of emerging market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries. In addition, an Underlying Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for an Underlying Fund’s securities in such markets may not be readily available.
 
Additional risks of emerging markets securities may include (i) greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability (including amplified risk of war and terrorism), (ii) more substantial governmental involvement in the economy, (iii) less governmental supervision and regulation, (iv) the unavailability of currency hedging technique, (v) companies that are newly organized and small, (vi) differences in auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers, and (vii) less developed legal systems. In addition, emerging securities markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions. Settlement problems may cause an Underlying Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities, hold a portion of its assets in cash pending investment, or be delayed in disposing of a portfolio security. Such a delay could result in possible liability to a purchaser of the security.
 
Equity Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . Equity securities consist of common stock, convertible preferred stock, rights and warrants. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. Warrants are options to purchase equity securities at a specified price for a specific time period. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a short duration and are distributed by the issuer to its shareholders. Although equity securities have a history of long term growth in value, their prices fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.
 
Investments in equity securities are subject to inherent market risks and fluctuations in value due to earnings, economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Subadviser. As a result, the return and net asset value of the Fund will fluctuate. Securities in the Fund’s portfolio may not increase as much as the market as a whole and some undervalued securities may continue to be undervalued for long periods of time. Although profits in some Underlying Fund holdings may be realized quickly, it is not expected that most investments will appreciate rapidly.
 
Eurodollar Instruments (Underlying Funds Only). Eurodollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon that are linked to the LIBOR, although foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. An Underlying Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.
 
Exchange-Traded Funds . Exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) are funds whose shares are traded on securities exchanges, which seek to approximate the investment performance of their respective benchmarks by investing in a variety of U.S. and foreign equity, debt, commodities, money market securities, futures and other instruments. The shares of an ETF may be assembled in a block (typically 50,000 shares) known as a creation unit and redeemed in —kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value) together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption. Conversely, a creation unit may be purchased from the ETF by depositing a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, as well as a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit. The Fund expects that it will purchase shares of ETFs on an exchange at market price rather than from the ETFs in creation units.
 
5

When the Fund invests in sector ETFs, there is a risk that securities within the same group of industries will decline in price due to sector-specific market or economic developments. If the Fund invests more heavily in a particular sector, the value of its shares may be especially sensitive to factors and economic risks that specifically affect that sector. As a result, the Fund’s share price may fluctuate more widely than the value of shares of a mutual fund that invests in a broader range of industries. Additionally, some sectors could be subject to greater government regulation than other sectors. Therefore, changes in regulatory policies for those sectors may have a material effect on the value of securities issued by companies in those sectors. The sectors in which the Fund may be more heavily invested will vary.
 
Exchange-Traded Notes . Exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security. ETNs combine certain aspects of bonds and ETFs.
 
Similar to ETFs, ETNs are traded on a major exchange (e.g., NYSE) during normal trading hours although trading volume can be limited. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s index factor. ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments and provide no principal protection. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index. The value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying index remaining unchanged.
 
Foreign Currencies (Underlying Funds Only) .  Because investments in foreign securities usually will involve currencies of foreign countries, and because an Underlying Fund may hold foreign currencies and forward contracts, futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures contracts, the value of the assets of the Underlying Fund as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and  the Underlying Fund may incur costs and experience conversion difficulties and uncertainties in connection with conversions between various currencies.  Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing the security.
 
The strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar against these currencies is responsible for part of an Underlying Fund’s investment performance.  If the dollar falls in value relative to the Japanese yen, for example, the dollar value of a Japanese stock held in the portfolio will rise even though the price of the stock remains unchanged.  Conversely, if the dollar rises in value relative to the yen, the dollar value of the Japanese stock will fall.  Many foreign currencies have experienced significant devaluation relative to the dollar.
 
Although an Underlying Fund may value its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it may not convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  Investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to an Underlying Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.  An Underlying Fund may conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into options or forward or futures contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
 
Foreign Investments (Underlying Funds Only) .  When foreign securities are denominated and traded in foreign currencies, the value of an Underlying Fund’s foreign investments and the value of its shares may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.  There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S.  The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers.  Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the U.S. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets.  Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets.
 
6

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of an Underlying Fund’s investments in certain foreign countries.  Governments of many countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the largest in these countries.  As a result, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions which may adversely affect prices of certain portfolio securities.  There is also generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the U.S.  Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.  Moreover, foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
 
Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. or in other foreign countries.  The laws of some foreign countries may limit an Underlying Fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries.
 
Many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon exports, particularly to developed countries, and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the U.S. and other countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by economic conditions in the U.S. and other trading partners, which can lower the demand for goods produced in those countries.
 
Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations.
 
High Yield Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . High yield, high risk bonds are securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies (BB+ or lower by S&P and Ba1 or lower by Moody’s). Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non-investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high-risk investments. The risks include the following:
 
Greater Risk of Loss .  These securities are regarded as predominately speculative.  There is a greater risk that issuers of lower rated securities will default than issuers of higher rated securities.  Issuers of lower rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed, or bankrupt.  These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments.  In addition, high yield securities (also known as “junk bonds”) are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.  If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, an Underlying Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments.  An Underlying Fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.
 
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes . The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Although non-investment grade securities tend to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, non-investment grade securities are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.
 
7

Valuation Difficulties . It is often more difficult to value lower rated securities than higher rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. In addition, the lower rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher rated securities.
 
Liquidity . There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower rated securities. Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times. As a result, lower rated securities may be required to be sold at substantial losses or retained indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.
 
Credit Quality . Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.
 
New Legislation .  Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds, also known as “junk bonds.” As an example, in the late 1980’s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds.  New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on an Underlying Fund’s investments in lower rated securities.
 
High yield, high risk investments may include the following:
 
Straight fixed-income debt securities . These include bonds and other debt obligations that bear a fixed or variable rate of interest payable at regular intervals and have a fixed or resettable maturity date. The particular terms of such securities vary and may include features such as call provisions and sinking funds.
 
Zero-coupon debt securities . These bear no interest obligation but are issued at a discount from their value at maturity. When held to maturity, their entire return equals the difference between their issue price and their maturity value.
 
Zero-fixed-coupon debt securities . These are zero-coupon debt securities that convert on a specified date to interest-bearing debt securities.
 
Pay-in-kind bonds . These are bonds which allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds.
 
Convertible Securities . These are bonds or preferred stock that may be converted to common stock.
 
Preferred Stock . These are stocks that generally pay a dividend at a specified rate and have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation.
 
Loan Participations and Assignments . These are participations in, or assignments of all or a portion of loans to corporations or to governments, including governments of less developed countries.
 
Securities issued in connection with Reorganization and Corporate Restructurings . In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its debt securities. The Fund may hold such common stock and other securities even if they do not invest in such securities.
 
Illiquid Securities and Restricted Securities (Underlying Funds Only) .  Certain securities may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (“restricted securities”).  Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold: (i) only to qualified institutional buyers; (ii) in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers; (iii) in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration; or (iv) in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act.  Issuers of restricted securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded.
 
8

Restricted securities are often illiquid, but they may also be liquid. For example, restricted securities that are eligible for resale under Rule 144A are often deemed to be liquid. The Fund may also purchase securities that are not subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, but that are deemed illiquid. Such securities may be illiquid, for example, because there is a limited trading market for them.
 
The Fund may be unable to sell a restricted or illiquid security. In addition, it may be more difficult to determine a market value for restricted or illiquid securities. Moreover, if adverse market conditions were to develop during the period between the Fund’s decision to sell a restricted or illiquid security and the point at which the Fund is permitted or able to sell such security, the Fund might obtain a price less favorable than the price that prevailed when it decided to sell.
 
Indexed Securities . The Fund may invest in indexed securities, the value of which is linked to currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (“reference instruments”). Most indexed securities have maturities of three years or less.
 
Indexed securities differ from other types of debt securities in which the Fund may invest in several respects. First, the interest rate or, unlike other debt securities, the principal amount payable at maturity of an indexed security may vary based on changes in one or more specified reference instruments, such as an interest rate compared with a fixed interest rate or the currency exchange rates between two currencies (neither of which need be the currency in which the instrument is denominated). The reference instrument need not be related to the terms of the indexed security. For example, the principal amount of a U.S. dollar denominated indexed security may vary based on the exchange rate of two foreign currencies. An indexed security may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, its value may increase or decrease if the value of the reference instrument increases. Further, the change in the principal amount payable or the interest rate of an indexed security may be a multiple of the percentage change (positive or negative) in the value of the underlying reference instrument(s).
 
Investment in indexed securities involves certain risks. In addition to the credit risk of the security’s issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates, the principal amount of indexed securities may decrease as a result of changes in the value of reference instruments. Further, in the case of certain indexed securities in which the interest rate is linked to a reference instrument, the interest rate may be reduced to zero, and any further declines in the value of the security may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Finally, indexed securities may be more volatile than the reference instruments underlying the indexed securities.
 
Initial Public Offerings . Shares purchased in initial public offerings (IPOs) frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that they will subsequently distribute to shareholders. Investing in IPOs has added risks because their shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Investment Grade Debt Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . “Investment-grade” bonds are those rated Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moody’s or AAA, AA, A or BBB by S&P or similar ratings of another NRSRO or, if unrated, judged to be of equivalent quality as determined by the Subadviser. Moody’s considers bonds it rates Baa to have speculative elements as well as investment-grade characteristics. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in higher-grade securities, the Underlying Fund will not be able to avail itself of opportunities for higher income which may be available at lower grades.
 
9

Money Market Instruments . Money market instruments generally refer to high-quality, short-term debt instruments, such as U.S. Treasury securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits, shares of U.S. registered money market funds, and other similar investments.
 
Master Limited Partnerships (Underlying Funds Only) .   The Underlying Funds may invest in master limited partnership (“MLP”) common units. MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis.

The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner that results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

To qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from qualifying sources such as interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities, income and gain from the transportation or storage of certain fuels, gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for the production of income described in the foregoing and, in certain circumstances, income and gain from commodities or futures, forwards and options with respect to commodities. Mineral or natural resources activities include exploration, development, production, mining, refining, marketing and transportation (including pipelines), of oil and gas, minerals, geothermal energy, fertilizer, timber or industrial source carbon dioxide. Currently, most MLPs operate in the energy, natural resources or real estate sectors. Due to their partnership structure, MLPs generally do not pay income taxes. Thus, unlike investors in corporate securities, direct MLP investors are generally not subject to double taxation ( i.e. , corporate level tax and tax on corporate dividends).

MLP Common Units. MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or OTC, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The Fund may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability annually to elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the MQD and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

10

I-Shares. I-Shares represent an ownership interest issued by an affiliated party of an MLP. The MLP affiliate uses the proceeds from the sale of I-Shares to purchase limited partnership interests in the MLP in the form of i-units. I-units have similar features as MLP common units in terms of voting rights, liquidation preference and distributions. However, rather than receiving cash, the MLP affiliate receives additional i-units in an amount equal to the cash distributions received by MLP common units. Similarly, holders of I-Shares will receive additional I-Shares, in the same proportion as the MLP affiliates receipt of i-units, rather than cash distributions. I-Shares themselves have limited voting rights which are similar to those applicable to MLP common units. The MLP affiliate issuing the I-Shares is structured as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. I-Shares are traded on the NYSE.

Municipal Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . Municipal securities are securities issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. Although the interest earned on many municipal securities is exempt from federal income tax, the Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities.
 
Municipal securities share the attributes of debt/fixed income securities in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. The municipal securities which the Fund may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).
 
Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered “private activity bonds” and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability.
 
Obligations of Supranational Entities (Underlying Funds Only) . The Fund may invest in an Underlying Fund that invests in obligations of supranational entities designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and of international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.
 
Preferred Stocks . Preferred stocks pay fixed or floating dividends to investors, and have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters.
 
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) (Underlying Funds Only) . REITs are sometimes informally characterized as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Investment in REITs may subject the Fund to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, such as decreases in real estate values, overbuilding, increased competition and other risks related to local or general economic conditions, increases in operating costs and property taxes, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, possible environmental liabilities, regulatory limitations on rent and fluctuations in rental income. Equity REITs generally experience these risks directly through fee or leasehold interests, whereas mortgage REITs generally experience these risks indirectly through mortgage interests, unless the mortgage REIT forecloses on the underlying real estate. Changes in interest rates may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in REITs. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by those REITs.
 
11

Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of their securities. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and to maintain exemption from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through an Underlying Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund and the Underlying Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. In addition, REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Repurchase Agreements . In a repurchase agreement, the Fund acquires ownership of a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller, typically a bank or broker/dealer.
 
A repurchase agreement provides a means for the Fund to earn income on funds for periods as short as overnight. It is an arrangement under which the purchaser (i.e., the Fund) acquires a security (“Obligation”) and the seller agrees, at the time of sale, to repurchase the Obligation at a specified time and price. Securities subject to a repurchase agreement are held in a segregated account and, as described in more detail below, the value of such securities is kept at least equal to the repurchase price on a daily basis. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to the Fund together with the repurchase price upon repurchase. In either case, the income to the Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the Obligation itself. Obligations will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.
 
It is not clear whether a court would consider the Obligation purchased by the Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by the Fund or as being collateral for a loan by the Fund to the seller. In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the Obligation before repurchase of the Obligation under a repurchase agreement, the Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Delays may involve loss of interest or decline in price of the Obligation. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and the Fund has not perfected a security interest in the Obligation, the Fund may be required to return the Obligation to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction. As with any unsecured debt obligation purchased for the Fund, the Subadviser seeks to reduce the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case the seller of the Obligation. Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the Obligation, in which case the Fund may incur a loss if the proceeds to the Fund of the sale to a third party are less than the repurchase price. However, if the market value (including interest) of the Obligation subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including interest), the Fund will direct the seller of the Obligation to deliver additional securities so that the market value (including interest) of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
 
12

If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
Rights . Rights are usually granted to existing shareholders of a corporation to subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued to the public. The right entitles its holder to buy common stock at a specified price. Rights have similar features to warrants, except that the life of a right is typically much shorter, usually a few weeks. The Subadviser believes rights may become underpriced if they are sold without regard to value and if analysts do not include them in their research. The risk in investing in rights is that the Subadviser might miscalculate their value resulting in a loss to the Fund. Another risk is the underlying common stock may not reach the Subadviser’s anticipated price within the life of the right.
 
Short Sales . The Fund may sell securities short. When the Fund takes a long position, it purchases a stock outright. When the Fund takes a short position, it sells at the current market price a stock it does not own but has borrowed in anticipation that the market price of the stock will decline. To complete, or close out, the short sale transaction, the Fund buys the same stock in the market and returns it to the lender. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund may also be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Fund makes money when the market price of the borrowed stock goes down and the Fund is able to replace it for less than it earned by selling it short. Alternatively if the price of the stock goes up after the short sale and before the short position is closed, the Fund will lose money because it will have to pay more to replace the borrowed stock than it received when it sold the stock short.
 
The Fund may not always be able to close out a short position at a particular time or at an acceptable price. A lender may request that the borrowed securities be returned to it on short notice, and the Fund may have to buy the borrowed securities at an unfavorable price. If this occurs at a time that other short sellers of the same security also want to close out their positions, a “short squeeze” can occur. A short squeeze occurs when demand is greater than supply for the stock sold short. A short squeeze makes it more likely that the Fund will have to cover its short sale at an unfavorable price. If that happens, the Fund will lose some or all of the potential profit from, or even incur a loss as a result of, the short sale.
 
Until the Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will designate liquid assets it owns (other than the short sales proceeds) as segregated assets to the books of the broker and/or its custodian in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short, as required by the 1940 Act. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day equal to the change in market value of the Fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. If the lending broker requires the Fund to deposit additional collateral (in addition to the short sales proceeds that the broker holds during the period of the short sale), which may be as much as 50% of the value of the securities sold short, the amount of the additional collateral may be deducted in determining the amount of cash or liquid assets the Fund is required to segregate to cover the short sale obligation pursuant to the 1940 Act. The amount segregated must be unencumbered by any other obligation or claim other than the obligation that is being covered. The Fund believes that short sale obligations that are covered, either by an offsetting asset or right (acquiring the security sold short or having an option to purchase the security sold short at exercise price that covers the obligation), or by the Fund’s segregated asset procedures (or a combination thereof), are not senior securities under the 1940 Act and are not subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions. This requirement to segregate assets limits the Fund’s leveraging of its investments and the related risk of losses from leveraging. The Fund also is required to pay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on a borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements made with the broker or custodian, the Fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it has deposited with the broker.
 
13

Short sales involve the risk that the Fund will incur a loss by subsequently buying a security at a higher price than the price at which the Fund previously sold the security short. Any loss will be increased by the amount of compensation, interest or dividends, and transaction costs the Fund must pay to a lender of the security. In addition, because the Fund’s loss on a short sale stems from increases in the value of the security sold short, the extent of such loss, like the price of the security sold short, is theoretically unlimited. By contrast, the Fund’s loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security held by the Fund and therefore is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot drop below zero.
 
The use of short sales, in effect, leverages the Fund’s portfolio, which could increase the Fund’s exposure to the market, magnify losses and increase the volatility of returns.
 
Although the Fund’s share price may increase if the securities in its long portfolio increase in value more than the securities underlying its short positions, the Fund’s share price may decrease if the securities underlying its short positions increase in value more than the securities in its long portfolio.
 
Senior Loans (Underlying Funds Only). A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of loan investors (“Loan Investors”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.
 
Senior Loans primarily include senior floating rate loans to corporations and secondarily institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a Senior Loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.
 
The Underlying Funds may purchase “assignments” from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined herein) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.

The Underlying Funds also may invest in “participations.” Participations by an Underlying Fund in a Loan Investor’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in an Underlying Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the borrower. As a result, an Underlying Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, an Underlying Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the Loan Agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the borrower and the Underlying Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the Senior Loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, an Underlying Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Loan Investor selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a participation, an Underlying Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Underlying Fund with respect to such participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.
 
In order to borrow money pursuant to a Senior Loan, a borrower will for the term of the Senior Loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of Senior Loans made to non-public companies, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a Senior Loan may be secured only by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a borrower’s obligations under a Senior Loan.
 
14

In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Underlying Funds may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When an Underlying Fund buys a Senior Loan, it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, an Underlying Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, an Underlying Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a borrower. Other fees received by an Underlying Fund may include covenant waiver fees, covenant modification fees or other amendment fees.
 
A borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the holders of the Senior Loan (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to shareholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e ., the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower to monitor the borrower’s compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.
 
In a typical Senior Loan, the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Underlying Funds will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund or Underlying Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement an Underlying Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Underlying Fund will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, an Underlying Fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of an Underlying Fund and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.
 
A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of an Underlying Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Underlying Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants, similar risks may arise.
 
15

Senior Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund or Underlying Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, an Underlying Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former.
 
The Underlying Funds may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Underlying Funds may also invest in Senior Loans of borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.
 
The Underlying Fund will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, an Underlying Fund may invest in Senior Loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the Senior Loan. However, the Borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of Senior Loans and, indirectly, Senior Loans themselves.
 
The failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings could lead to the invalidation of an Underlying Fund’s security interest in loan collateral. If an Underlying Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Underlying Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery, on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Senior Loan.
 
Sovereign Obligations (Underlying Funds Only) . The Fund may invest in an Underlying Fund that invests in sovereign debt obligations. Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Underlying Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt, and the Fund’s net asset value, may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.
 
A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.
 
16

Strategic Transactions and Derivatives . The Fund intends to utilize various other investment strategies as described below for a variety of purposes, such as hedging various market risks or enhancing return. These strategies may be executed through the use of derivative contracts.
 
In the course of pursuing these investment strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, collars, currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currencies, or currency futures and various other currency transactions (collectively, all the above are called “Strategic Transactions”). In addition, Strategic Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are permitted as regulatory changes occur. Strategic Transactions may be used without limit (subject to certain limits imposed by the 1940 Act) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Fund’s portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, to protect the Fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund’s portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Some Strategic Transactions may also be used to enhance potential gain. Any or all of these investment techniques may be used at any time and in any combination, and there is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique rather than another, as use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of numerous variables including market conditions, liquidity, market values, interest rates and other applicable factors. The ability of the Fund to utilize these Strategic Transactions successfully will depend on the Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The Fund will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when implementing these strategies, techniques and instruments. Strategic Transactions will not be used to alter fundamental investment purposes and characteristics of the Fund, and the Fund will segregate assets (or as provided by applicable regulations, enter into certain offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under options, futures and swaps to limit leveraging of the Fund.
 
Strategic Transactions, including derivative contracts, have risks associated with them including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity, leverage, correlation, volatility, duration mismatch, certain legal and regulatory risks and, to the extent the Subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of such Strategic Transactions could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options may result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on its investments or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell. The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of a number of factors including the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements, or the inability to deliver or receive a specified currency. The use of options and futures transactions entails certain other risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related portfolio position of the Fund creates the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument may be greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets may not be liquid in all circumstances and certain over-the-counter options may have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses, if at all. Although the use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in value of such position. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts would create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses resulting from the use of Strategic Transactions would reduce net asset value, and possibly income, and such losses can be greater than if the Strategic Transactions had not been utilized.
 
Regulatory developments affecting the exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives markets may impair the Fund’s ability to manage or hedge its investment portfolio through the use of derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act and the rules promulgated thereunder may limit the ability of the Fund to enter into one or more exchange-traded or over-the-counter derivatives transactions.
 
17

The Adviser has claimed, with respect to the Fund, an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5, as promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). Therefore, neither the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser (with respect to the Fund) is subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA. If the Fund becomes subject to these requirements, the Fund may incur additional compliance and other expenses. The Fund’s use of derivatives may also be limited by the requirements of the Code, for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Under CFTC Regulation 4.5, if an investment company such as the Fund uses swaps, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, it must meet one of the following tests: The aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Adviser or the Subadviser is required to register as a CPO, the disclosure and operations of the Fund would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements would increase operational expenses. Other potentially adverse regulatory initiatives could also develop.
 
General Characteristics of Options . Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many Strategic Transactions involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts, as described below under “Segregation and Cover Requirements.”
 
A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. For instance, the Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value by giving the Fund the right to sell such instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial future, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase such instrument. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior thereto. The Fund is authorized to purchase and sell exchange listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Exchange listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other financial intermediaries.
 
With certain exceptions, OCC issued and exchange listed options generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future cash settlement may become available. Index options and Eurodollar instruments are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (i.e., where the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.
 
The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC or exchange listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
18

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
 
OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (“Counterparties”) through direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties. The Fund will only sell OTC options (other than OTC currency options) that are subject to a buy-back provision permitting the Fund to require the Counterparty to sell the option back to the Fund at a formula price within seven days. The Fund expects generally to enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it is not required to do so.
 
Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in an OTC option. As a result, if the Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Accordingly, the Subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the Counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be satisfied. The Fund will engage in OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers” or broker/ dealers, domestic or foreign banks or other financial institutions which have received (or the guarantors of the obligation of which have received) a short-term credit rating of A-1 from S&P or P-1 from Moody’s or an equivalent rating from any NRSRO or, in the case of OTC currency transactions, are determined to be of equivalent credit quality by the Subadviser. The staff of the SEC currently takes the position that OTC options purchased by the Fund, and portfolio securities “covering” the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by it (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) are illiquid.
 
If the Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments in its portfolio or will increase the Fund’s income. The sale of put options can also provide income.
 
The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” (i.e., the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call) or must meet the asset segregation requirements described below as long as the call is outstanding. Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund exposes the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument which it might otherwise have sold.
 
19

The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments (whether or not it holds the above securities in its portfolio), and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts other than futures on individual corporate debt and individual equity securities. In selling put options, there is a risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.
 
General Characteristics of Futures . The Fund may enter into futures contracts or purchase or sell put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate, currency or equity market changes or to enhance returns. Futures are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or, with respect to index futures and Eurodollar instruments, the net cash amount). Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver such position.
 
Futures and options on futures may be entered into for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration management) or other portfolio and return enhancement management purposes to the extent consistent with the exclusion from commodity pool operator registration. Typically, maintaining a futures contract or selling an option thereon requires the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary as security for its obligations an amount of cash or other specified assets (initial margin), which initially is typically 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (variation margin) may be required to be deposited thereafter on a daily basis as the mark-to-market value of the contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on financial futures involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction but there can be no assurance that the position can be offset prior to settlement at an advantageous price, nor that delivery will occur.
 
Options on Securities Indices and Other Financial Indices . The Fund also may purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices and other financial indices and in so doing can achieve many of   the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments. Options on securities indices and other financial indices are similar to options on a security or other instrument except that, rather than settling by physical delivery of the underlying instrument, they settle by cash settlement, i.e., an option on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the option is based exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option (except if, in the case of an OTC option, physical delivery is specified). This amount of cash is equal to the excess of the closing price of the index over the exercise price of the option, which also may be multiplied by a formula value. The seller of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The gain or loss on an option on an index depends on price movements in the instruments making up the market, market segment, industry or other composite on which the underlying index is based, rather than price movements in individual securities, as is the case with respect to options on securities.
 
Currency Transactions . The Fund may engage in currency transactions with Counterparties primarily in order to hedge, or manage the risk of the value of portfolio holdings denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value, or to enhance return. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts, exchange listed currency futures, exchange listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below.
 
Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities or the receipt of income therefrom. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.
 
The Fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have portfolio exposure.
 
20

To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities, the Fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund’s portfolio is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a commitment or option to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be correlated to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities are or are expected to be denominated, in exchange for U.S. dollars. The amount of the commitment or option would not exceed the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in correlated currencies. For example, if the Subadviser considers that the Austrian schilling is correlated to the German deutschemark (the “D-mark”), the Fund holds securities denominated in schillings and the Subadviser believes that the value of schillings will decline against the U.S. dollar, the Subadviser may enter into a commitment or option to sell D-marks and buy dollars. Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, there is the risk that the perceived correlation between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. If the Fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the Fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below.
 
Risks of Currency Transactions . Currency transactions are subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. The ability to establish and close out positions on options on currency forwards is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market which may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.
 
Risks of Strategic Transactions Outside the United States . When conducted outside the United States, Strategic Transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.
 
Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars . Among the Strategic Transactions into which the Fund may enter are interest rate, currency, commodities, index and other swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars. The Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the Fund may be obligated to pay. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indices. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates or values.
 
21

The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Inasmuch as the Fund will segregate assets (or enter into offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under swaps, the Fund believes such obligations do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. If there is a default by the Counterparty, the Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Certain standardized swap transactions are currently subject to mandatory central clearing or may be eligible for voluntary central clearing. Central clearing is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to uncleared swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterpart to each participant's swap. However, central clearing does not eliminate counterparty risk or illiquidity risk entirely. In addition depending on the size of a fund and other factors, the margin required under the rules of a clearinghouse and by a clearing member may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by a fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap.
 
Structured Notes . Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by reference to changes in value of a specific security, reference rate, or index. Indexed securities, similar to structured notes, are typically, but not always, debt securities whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to other securities. The performance of a structured note or indexed security is based upon the performance of the underlying instrument.
 
The terms of a structured note may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due on maturity and, therefore, may result in loss of investment. Structured notes may be indexed positively or negatively to the performance of the underlying instrument such that the appreciation or deprecation of the underlying instrument will have a similar effect to the value of the structured note at maturity or of any coupon payment. In addition, changes in the interest rate and value of the principal at maturity may be fixed at a specific multiple of the change in value of the underlying instrument, making the value of the structured note more volatile than the underlying instrument. In addition, structured notes may be less liquid and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities or traditional debt securities.
 
Commodity-Linked Derivatives .  The Fund may invest in instruments with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts, or the performance of commodity indices such as “commodity-linked” or “index-linked” notes.  These instruments are sometimes referred to as “structured notes” because the terms of the instrument may be structured by the issuer of the note and the purchaser of the note, such as the Fund.  The Fund’s investment in these instruments may be limited by the requirements of the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
The values of these notes will rise and fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment. These notes expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices, but a particular note has many features of a debt obligation. These notes also are subject to credit and interest rate risks that in general affect the value of debt securities. Therefore, at the maturity of the note, the Fund may receive more or less principal than it originally invested. The Fund might receive interest payments on the note that are more or less than the stated coupon interest rate payments.
 
Structured notes may involve leverage, meaning that the value of the instrument will be calculated as a multiple of the upward or downward price movement of the underlying commodity future or index. The prices of commodity-linked instruments may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities in periods of rising inflation. Of course, there can be no guarantee that the Fund’s commodity-linked investments would not be correlated with traditional financial assets under any particular market conditions.
 
Commodity-linked notes may be issued by U.S. and foreign banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other corporations. These notes, in addition to fluctuating in response to changes in the underlying commodity assets, will be subject to credit and interest rate risks that typically affect debt securities.
 
The commodity-linked instruments may be wholly principal protected, partially principal protected or offer no principal protection. With a wholly principal protected instrument, the Fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the increase in value of the underlying index. Partially protected instruments may suffer some loss of principal up to a specified limit if the underlying index declines in value during the term of the instrument. For instruments without principal protection, there is a risk that the instrument could lose all of its value if the index declines sufficiently. The Subadviser’s decision on whether and to what extent to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection. In addition, the ability of the Fund to take advantage of any protection feature depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer of the instrument.
 
22

Commodity-linked derivatives are generally hybrid instruments which are excluded from regulation under the CEA and the rules thereunder, so that the Fund will not be considered a “commodity pool.” Additionally, from time to time the Fund may invest in other hybrid instruments that do not qualify for exemption from regulation under the CEA.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements . Futures contracts, swaps, caps, floors and collars, options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Fund are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Fund does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Fund intends to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Fund maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
Combined Transactions . The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts) and multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions (“component” transactions), instead of a single Strategic Transaction, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the opinion of the Subadviser, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions are normally entered into based on the Subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objectives.
 
Underlying Funds .  The Fund invests in the securities of other investment companies (i.e., Underlying Funds).  Investments in the securities of other investment companies involves an additional layer of advisory fees and certain other expenses.  In addition, to the extent that the Fund invests in an Underlying Fund that is itself a “fund of funds,” the Fund will bear a third layer of fees. By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company.  As a result, the Fund’s shareholders indirectly will bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by shareholders of the other investment company, in addition to the fees and expenses the Fund’s shareholders directly bear in connection with the Fund’s own operations.
 
The Fund may be restricted by provisions of the 1940 Act that generally limit the amount the Fund and its affiliates can invest in any one Underlying Fund to 3% of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding voting stock. As a result, the Fund may hold a smaller position in an Underlying Fund than if it were not subject to this restriction. In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Underlying Fund stockholders are solicited to vote, the Subadviser may be required to vote Underlying Fund shares in the same proportion as shares held by other stockholders of the Underlying Fund. However, pursuant to exemptive orders issued by the SEC to various ETF fund sponsors, the Fund is permitted to invest in such Underlying Funds in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in such exemptive orders.
 
Warrants (Underlying Funds Only) . The holder of a warrant has the right, until the warrant expires, to purchase a given number of shares of a particular issuer at a specified price. Such investments can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move, however, in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and are, therefore, considered speculative investments. Warrants pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a   purchase option. Thus, if a warrant held by an Underlying Fund were not exercised by the date of its expiration, the Underlying Fund would lose the entire purchase price of the warrant.
 
When-Issued Securities (Underlying Funds Only) . The Underlying Funds may from time to time purchase equity and debt securities on a “when-issued,” “delayed delivery” or “forward delivery” basis. The price of such securities, which may be expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities takes place at a later date. During the period between purchase and settlement, no payment is made by an Underlying Fund to the issuer and no interest accrues to the Underlying Fund. When an Underlying Fund purchases such securities, it immediately assumes the risks of ownership, including the risk of price fluctuation. Failure to deliver a security purchased on this basis may result in a loss or missed opportunity to make an alternative investment.
 
23

To the extent that assets of an Underlying Fund are held in cash pending the settlement of a purchase of securities, the Underlying Fund would earn no income. While such securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, an Underlying Fund intends to purchase them with the purpose of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for investment reasons. At the time an Underlying Fund makes the commitment to purchase a security on this basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset value. The market value of the securities may be more or less than the purchase price. An Underlying Fund will segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount equal in value to commitments for such securities.
 
Cyber Security. In connection with the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Fund and the Underlying Funds are susceptible to operational, information security, and related risks due to the possibility of cyber-attacks or other incidents. Cyber incidents may result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, infection by computer viruses or other malicious software code, gaining unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices that are used to service the Fund’s operations through hacking or other means for the purpose of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks (which can make a website unavailable) on the Fund’s website. In addition, authorized persons could inadvertently or intentionally release confidential or proprietary information stored on the Fund’s systems.

Cyber security failures or breaches by the Fund’s third party service providers (including, but not limited to, the Adviser, the Subadviser, the custodian, transfer agent, and financial intermediaries), may cause disruptions and impact the service providers’ and the Fund’s business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the mutual funds to process transactions, inability to calculate the Fund’s net asset value, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result of successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, the Fund or its third party service providers.

The Fund may incur substantial costs to prevent or address cyber incidents in the future. In addition, there is a possibility that certain risks have not been adequately identified or prepared for. Furthermore, the Fund cannot directly control any cyber security plans and systems put in place by third party service providers. Cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Investment Adviser and Subadviser
 
Investment Adviser
 
ALPS Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ALPS Holdings, Inc. (“ALPS Holdings”), subject to the authority of the Board, is responsible for the overall management and administration of the Fund’s business affairs pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser commenced business operations in December 2006 upon the acquisition of an existing investment advisory operation, is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and as of September 30, 2015  managed approximately $14.1 billion.  The Adviser’s principal address is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO  80203.  The Adviser is affiliated with the Fund’s administrator and transfer agent.
 
ALPS Holdings was founded in 2005 and assumed the business of ALPS Financial Services, which was founded in 1985 as a provider of fund administration and fund distribution services. Since then, ALPS Holdings has added additional services, including fund accounting, transfer agency, shareholder services, active distribution, legal, tax and compliance services.
 
24

ALPS Holdings is a wholly owned subsidiary of DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”), which acquired ALPS Holdings in November 2011. DST provides sophisticated information processing solutions and services to support the global asset management, insurance, retirement, brokerage, and healthcare industries. In addition to technology products and services, DST also provides integrated print and electronic statement and billing solutions through DST Output. DST’s data centers provide technology infrastructure support for asset management, insurance and healthcare companies around the globe. Headquartered in Kansas City, MO, DST is a publicly traded company on the NYSE.
 
ALPS Holdings through its subsidiaries, the Adviser, ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributors, Inc., and ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (collectively, “ALPS”), offers a full-service partnership approach to a select group of fund clients looking for truly customized services. ALPS provides its clients turn-key capabilities that anchor all of the diverse resources needed to run a full-service mutual fund complex. ALPS provides a comprehensive suite of asset servicing, asset management and asset gathering solutions to the investment management industry.
 
Subadviser
 
RiverNorth is the subadviser for the Fund pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement with the Adviser (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). RiverNorth is headquartered at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. Under the oversight of the Adviser and the Board of Directors of the Fund, RiverNorth makes the Fund’s day-to-day investment decisions. Founded in 2000, RiverNorth is registered with the SEC and as of September 30, 2015 manages approximately $3.1 billion for four series of a registered open-end management investment company and private investment funds. Each of Brian H. Schmucker and Patrick W. Galley owns, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of RiverNorth Holding Co., the parent company of the Subadviser and is deemed to control the Subadviser.
 
Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
 
For its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily Managed Assets of the Fund. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding). In addition to the monthly advisory fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Independent Directors, custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, listing expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
The Adviser has delegated daily management of Fund assets to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund. Under the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadviser has the responsibility to provide a continuous investment management program for the Fund in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Fund and applicable law. For its services under the Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser (and not the Fund) pays the Subadviser a monthly subadvisory fee computed at the annual rate of 0.85% of the average daily Managed Assets of the Fund. If the Fund determines to use leverage, the fees paid to the Adviser and the Subadviser for investment management services and subadvisory services, respectively, will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which would include assets attributable to leverage. Because the fees paid to the Adviser and the Subadviser are determined on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, this creates a conflict of interest for the Adviser and the Subadviser. The Board of Directors monitors the Fund’s use of leverage and in doing so monitors this potential conflict.
 
The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement provide that the Adviser and the Subadviser, respectively, shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of, connected with or arising out of any services to be rendered under such agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as applicable, in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Adviser or the Subadviser, as applicable, of its obligations and duties under such agreement.
 
25

The Adviser will make available, without expense to the Fund, the services of such of its officers, directors and employees as may be duly elected as officers or trustees of the Fund, subject to the individual consent of such persons to serve and to any limitations imposed by law. The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation of and office space for directors, officers and employees of the Adviser connected with management of the Fund, and compensation of the Subadviser. The Adviser will not be required to pay any investment advisory related expenses of the Fund other than the foregoing. In particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Fund will be required to pay brokerage and other expenses of executing the Fund’s portfolio transactions; taxes or governmental fees; interest charges and other costs of borrowing funds; litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business.
 
Each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two-year term (unless sooner terminated), and shall remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually (1) by the Fund’s Board of Directors or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (2) by a majority of the independent directors who are not parties to such contract or agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate upon assignment by any party and is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days’ written notice by the Fund’s Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or upon 60 days’ written notice by the Adviser. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate upon assignment by any party and is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days’ written notice by the Fund’s Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or upon 90 days’ written notice by the Adviser or the Subadviser.
 
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
 
Mr. Galley’s and Mr. O’Neill’s total compensation which is paid by the Subadviser (and not the Fund) includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives, which may include mandatory notional investments in the Fund.  The amounts paid to Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill are based on a percentage of the fees earned by the Subadviser from managing the Fund and other investment accounts.  The performance bonus reflects individual performance and the performance of the Subadviser’s business as a whole.  Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill also participate in a 401K program on the same basis as other officers of the Subadviser.
 
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares
 
As the Fund is a newly offered, Messrs. Galley and O’Neill do not own any Common Shares.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other accounts.  More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds are presented with the potential conflicts discussed below.
 
The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. The management of multiple funds and accounts also may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. Another potential conflict of interest may arise where another account has the same investment objective as the Fund, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another.
 
With respect to securities transactions for the Fund, the Subadviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the duty to seek best execution of the transaction. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the Fund. Securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Further, a potential conflict could include Mr. Galley’s, or Mr. O’Neill’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby they could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund. These potential conflicts of interest could create the appearance that a portfolio manager is favoring one investment vehicle over another.
 
26

The appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where the Subadviser has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee. The management of personal accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest; there is no assurance that the Fund’s code of ethics will adequately address such conflicts. One of the portfolio managers’ numerous responsibilities is to assist in the sale of Fund shares. Because the portfolio managers’ compensation is indirectly linked to the sale of Fund shares, they may have an incentive to devote time to marketing efforts designed to increase sales of Fund shares.
 
Although the portfolio managers generally do not trade securities in their own personal account, the Subadviser and the Fund have each adopted a code of ethics that, among other things, permits personal trading by employees (including trading in securities that can be purchased, sold or held by the Fund) under conditions where it has been determined that such trades would not adversely impact client accounts. Nevertheless, the management of personal accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, and there is no assurance that these codes of ethics will adequately address such conflicts.
 
The Subadviser has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund. As of September 30, 2015, Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill were responsible for the management of the following other accounts (in addition to the Fund):
 
   
Registered
Investment Companies
 
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles*
 
Other Accounts
 
Name
 
Number of
Accts
 
Total Assets
 
Number of
Accts
 
Total Assets
 
Number of
Accts
 
Total Assets
 
Patrick W. Galley
 
4
 
$2.78 billion
 
3
 
$374.5 million
 
1
 
$2.3 million
 
Stephen O’Neill
 
4
 
$2.78 billion
 
3
 
$374.5 million
 
1
 
$2.3 million
 


* All Other Pooled Investment Vehicles are subject to a performance-based fee in addition to an asset-based management fee.

Administrator
 
Under the Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, AFS is responsible for calculating net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services. AFS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under the Administration Agreement, except for certain out-of-pocket expenses described therein. AFS will not bear any expenses incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to, initial organization and offering expenses; litigation expenses; costs of preferred shares (if any); expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares; transfer agency and custodial expenses; taxes; interest; Fund directors’ fees; compensation and expenses of Fund officers who are not associated with AFS or its affiliates; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Fund legal and audit fees and expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Fund’s directors; printing and mailing shareholder reports, offering documents, and proxy materials; securities pricing and data services; and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the SEC.
 
AFS, an affiliate of the Adviser and the Fund’s transfer agent,  is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” in the prospectus.
 
27

Codes of Ethics
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and in order to protect against certain unlawful acts, practices and courses of business by certain individuals or entities related to the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have each adopted a Code of Ethics and procedures for implementing the provisions of the Code. The personnel of the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser are subject to the code of ethics when investing in securities that may be purchased, sold or held by the Fund.
 
FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd., 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, has been appointed as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. audits the financial statements of the Fund and provides other audit, tax and related services. The Statement of Assets and Liabilities of the Fund as of November 20, 2015 appearing in this SAI has been audited by Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd., as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Legal Counsel
 
Dechert LLP, New York, New York, serves as legal counsel to the Fund and the independent Directors.
 
Custodian and Transfer Agent
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company, located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, will serve as the Fund’s custodian and will maintain custody of the securities and cash of the Fund pursuant to a Custody Agreement. Under the Custody Agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
 
DST Systems, Inc., located at 333 West 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, and an affiliate of the Adviser and Administrator, will serve as the transfer agent and registrar for the Fund.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
The Subadviser is responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions. In placing portfolio transactions, the Subadviser seeks the best qualitative execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), the execution capability, financial responsibility and responsiveness of the broker or dealer and the brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. The Subadviser generally seeks favorable prices and commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits received.
 
The Subadviser is specifically authorized to select brokers or dealers who also provide brokerage and research services to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, and to pay such brokers or dealers a commission in excess of the commission another broker or dealer would charge if the Subadviser determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided. The determination may be viewed in terms of a particular transaction or the Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. The Subadviser may not give consideration to sales of shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions. However, the Subadviser may place portfolio transactions with brokers or dealers that promote or sell the Fund’s shares so long as such placements are made pursuant to policies approved by the Board of Directors that are designed to ensure that the selection is based on the quality of the broker’s execution and not on its sales efforts.
 
Research services include supplemental research, securities and economic analyses, statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and analyses of reports concerning performance of accounts. The research services and other information furnished by brokers through whom the Fund effects securities transactions may also be used by the Subadviser in servicing all of its accounts. Similarly, research and information provided by brokers or dealers serving other clients may be useful to the Subadviser in connection with its services to the Fund. Although research services and other information are useful to the Fund and the Subadviser, it is not possible to place a dollar value on the research and other information received. It is the opinion of the Subadviser that the review and study of the research and other information will not reduce the overall cost to the Subadviser of performing its duties to the Fund under the Agreement.
 
28

Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers, if the same or a better price, including commissions and executions, is available. Fixed income securities are normally purchased directly from the issuer, an underwriter or a market maker. Purchases include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and the purchase price paid to a market maker may include the spread between the bid and ask prices.
 
When the Fund and another of the Subadviser’s clients seek to purchase or sell the same security at or about the same time, the Subadviser may execute the transaction on a combined (“blocked”) basis. Blocked transactions can produce better execution for the Fund because of the increased volume of the transaction. If the entire blocked order is not filled, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a position in such security as it desires or it may have to pay a higher price for the security. Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as large an execution of an order to sell or as high a price for any particular portfolio security if the other client desires to sell the same portfolio security at the same time. In the event that the entire blocked order is not filled, the purchase or sale will normally be allocated on a pro rata basis. The Subadviser may adjust the allocation when, taking into account such factors as the size of the individual orders and transaction costs, the Subadviser believes an adjustment is reasonable.
 
The Fund has no obligation to deal with any particular broker or dealer in the execution of its transactions, but has no present intention of using affiliated broker-dealers for Fund portfolio trades.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
Commencing with the first dividend, the Fund intends to implement a level distribution policy, pursuant to which the Fund will make regular monthly cash distributions of its net investment income to holders of Common Shares at a level rate based on the projected performance of the Fund, which rate is a fixed dollar amount which may be adjusted from time to time. The Fund expects to declare its initial monthly dividend within 30 to 45 days and pay its initial monthly dividend within approximately 60 to 75 days after the completion of this offering, depending upon market conditions. Dividends and distributions may be payable in cash or common stock, with shareholders having the option to receive stock in lieu of cash. The Fund may at times, in its discretion, pay out less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in any particular period and may at times pay out such accumulated undistributed income in addition to net investment income earned in other periods in order to permit the Fund to maintain a more stable level of distributions. As a result, the dividend paid by the Fund to holders of Common Shares for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income earned by the Fund during such period. The Fund’s ability to maintain a stable level of distributions to stockholders will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from investments. The amount of monthly distributions may vary depending on a number of factors, including the costs of any leverage. As portfolio and market conditions change, the amount of dividends on the Fund’s Common Shares could change. For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income each year to both reduce its federal income tax liability and to avoid a potential federal excise tax. The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually.
 
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such incurrence the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness. Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.
 
While any preferred stock is outstanding, the Fund may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common stock, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accumulated preferred dividends have been paid and (ii) the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock (expected to be equal to the original purchase price per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).
 
29

In addition to the limitations imposed by the 1940 Act described above, certain lenders may impose additional restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions on common stock in the event of a default on the Fund’s borrowings. If the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common stock is limited, such limitation could, under certain circumstances, impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for taxation as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes, which would have adverse tax consequences for shareholders.
 
REPURCHASE OF SHARES
 
The Fund is a closed-end fund and as such its stockholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, price, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end fund may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Fund’s Board of Directors may (but is not obligated to) consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market, private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at net asset value, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end fund. The Board of Directors may not decide to take any of these actions. During the pendency of a tender offer, the Fund will publish how Common Shareholders may readily ascertain the net asset value. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.
 
Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may use the accumulation of cash to finance repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Directors would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations under each of those Acts.
 
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board of Directors at the time it considers the issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of Common Shares or a tender offer for such shares if (1) such transaction, if consummated, would (a) result in delisting of the Common Shares from the NYSE or (b) impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Fund a taxable entity, causing its income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of stockholders who receive dividends from the Fund) or as a registered closed-end fund under the 1940 Act; (2) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or a suspension of payment by U.S. banks in which the Fund invests, (d) material limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse affect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Fund or its stockholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
 
The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end fund, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.
 
30

Before deciding whether to take any action, the Fund’s Board of Directors would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action on the Fund and market considerations. Based on the considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund no action should be taken.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of common shares of the Fund.  This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances.  This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark-to-market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities.  In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences.  The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary.  No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.
 
Fund Taxation
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to shareholders. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax-exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain. Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year. In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one-year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax.  However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.
 
If, for any taxable year, the Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which would generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, and non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
31

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which generally would be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code, discussed below, and non-corporate shareholders of the Fund generally would be able to treat such distributions as qualified dividend income eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, as discussed below, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in certain positions such as pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund or Underlying Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Fund or Underlying Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments.  However, the Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income, to shareholders to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  Therefore, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy distribution requirements.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may also acquire market discount bonds.  A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its stated redemption price at maturity (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond).  If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required for federal income tax purposes to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of the accrued market discount unless the Fund or Underlying Fund elects to include the market discount in income as it accrues.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default.  Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues.  Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund or an Underlying Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable.  These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise taxes.
 
The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests. Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of the Fund. A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Fund. Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules. Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may engage in various transactions utilizing options, futures contracts, forward contracts, hedge instruments, straddles, and other similar transactions.  Such transactions may be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, affect the character of any income realized by the Fund from such investments, accelerate recognition of income to the Fund, defer Fund losses, and affect the determination of whether capital gain or loss is characterized as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders.  These provisions may also require the Fund to mark-to-market certain positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  In addition, certain Fund investments may produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test.  The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections, and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires an option, futures contract, forward contract, hedge instrument or other similar investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company and minimize the imposition of U.S. federal income and excise taxes, if possible.
 
32

The Fund’s transactions in broad based equity index futures contracts, exchange traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts (if any) are generally considered “Section 1256 contracts” for federal income tax purposes.  Any unrealized gains or losses on such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized at the end of each taxable year.  The resulting gain or loss is treated as sixty percent long-term capital gain or loss and forty percent short-term capital gain or loss.  Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner.  As noted below, distributions of net short-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income while distributions of net long-term capital gain are generally taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held shares of the Fund.
 
The Fund’s entry into a short sale transaction, an option or certain other contracts (if any) could be treated as the constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.
 
Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency (if any) are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gain and loss to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
If the Fund acquires any equity interest (generally including not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of equity interests in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders.  The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such tax.  Any gain on the sale of these investments will generally be treated as ordinary income.  Elections may be available that would ameliorate some or all of these adverse federal income tax consequences, but any such election could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (which would be subject to the distribution requirements described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash.  The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries (if any), which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments.  Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases.  If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).
 
33

If the Fund utilizes leverage through borrowing, asset coverage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act as well as additional restrictions that may be imposed by certain lenders on the payment of dividends or distributions could potentially limit or eliminate the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common stock until the asset coverage is restored. These limitations could prevent the Fund from distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required under the Code and therefore might jeopardize the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company and/or might subject the Fund to the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax discussed above. Upon any failure to meet the asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act, the Fund may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, purchase or redeem shares of preferred stock, if any, in order to maintain or restore the requisite asset coverage and avoid the adverse consequences to the Fund and its shareholders of failing to meet the distribution requirements. There can be no assurance, however, that any such action would achieve these objectives. The Fund generally will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to distribute dividends.
 
Shareholder Taxation
 
Distributions of investment company taxable income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.  Distributions of net investment income designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels.  A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which the IRS has approved for these purposes (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.  If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund. Qualified dividend income does not include interest from fixed income securities and generally does not include income from REITs.  If the Fund lends portfolio securities, amounts received by the Fund that is the equivalent of the dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned will not be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment.  The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for qualified dividend income treatment.
 
Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are taxable at long-term capital gain rates for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of the Fund.  A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax-free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its shares.  To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares.  The U.S. federal income tax status of all distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually.
 
Certain distributions by the Fund may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code, subject to certain holding period and other requirements, but generally only to the extent the Fund earned dividend income from stock investments in U.S. domestic corporations (but not including real estate investment trusts).  Additionally, if the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.  The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction.
 
34

A Common Shareholder may elect to have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in shares of common stock of the Fund. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable regardless of whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.
 
If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.
 
The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually. If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder.
 
Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.
 
At the time of an investor’s purchase of the Fund’s shares, a portion of the purchase price may be attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund’s portfolio or undistributed taxable income of the Fund. Consequently, subsequent distributions by the Fund with respect to these shares from such appreciation or income may be taxable to such investor even if the net asset value of the investor’s shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the investor’s cost for such shares and the distributions economically represent a return of a portion of the investment. Investors should consider the tax implications of purchasing shares just prior to a distribution.
 
The IRS has taken the position that if a regulated investment company has two or more classes of shares, it must designate distributions made to each class in any year as consisting of no more than such class’ proportionate share of particular types of income (e.g., ordinary income and net capital gains). Consequently, if both common stock and preferred stock are outstanding, the Fund intends to designate distributions made to each class of particular types of income in accordance with each class’ proportionate share of such income. Thus, the Fund will designate to the extent applicable, dividends qualifying for the corporate dividends received deduction (if any), income not qualifying for the dividends received deduction, qualified dividend income, ordinary income and net capital gain in a manner that allocates such income between the holders of common stock and preferred stock in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class during or for the taxable year, or otherwise as required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether distributions are out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, the Fund’s earnings and profits will be allocated first to the Fund’s preferred stock, if any, and then to the Fund’s common stock. In such a case, since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be used to pay dividends on the preferred stock, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to holders of common stock.
 
In addition, solely for the purpose of satisfying the 90% distribution requirement and the distribution requirement for avoiding federal income taxes, certain distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distribution was actually made.
 
Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to federal income tax. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes (as the following discussion assumes) and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions. Generally, gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received (including securities distributed by the Fund) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold or exchanged. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of the Fund’s shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such shares. For the purposes of calculating the six-month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The ability to deduct capital losses may be subject to limitations. In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event a shareholder acquires substantially identical stock or securities (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the shares acquired.
 
35

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.  Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the Common Shares should not, by itself, cause the holders of Common Shares to become subject to alternative minimum tax.
 
From time to time, the Fund may repurchase its shares. Shareholders who tender all shares held, and those considered to be held (through attribution rules contained in the Code), by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of his, her or its shares (including those considered held through attribution), such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its shares. If a tender offer is made, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its shareholders. If the Board of Directors determines that a tender offer will be made by the Fund, the federal income tax consequences of such offer will be discussed in materials that will be available at such time in connection with the specific tender offer, if any.
 
The Code requires that the Fund withhold, as “backup withholding,” 28% of reportable payments, including dividends, capital gain distributions and the proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s stock paid to shareholders who have not complied with IRS regulations. In order to avoid this withholding requirement, shareholders must certify on their account applications, or on a separate IRS Form W-9, that the social security number or other taxpayer identification number they provide is their correct number and that they are not currently subject to backup withholding, or that they are exempt from backup withholding. The Fund may nevertheless be required to withhold if it receives notice from the IRS or a broker that the number provided is incorrect or backup withholding is applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be allowed as a refund or a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the appropriate information (such as the timely filing of the appropriate federal income tax return) is provided to the IRS.
 
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more in a single taxable year (or $4 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for an individual shareholder, S corporation or trust or $10 million or more in a single taxable year (or $20 million or more in any combination of years) for a shareholder who is a C corporation, such shareholder will generally be required to file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are generally excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
 
36

Other Taxes
 
The description of certain U.S. federal income tax provisions above relates only to U.S. federal income tax consequences for shareholders who are U.S. persons (i.e., U.S. citizens or residents or U.S. corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates).  Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non-U.S. status).
 
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors on these matters and on any specific question of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other applicable tax laws before making an investment in the Fund.
 
BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS

 
The following table presents certain information regarding the Board Members of the Fund.  Each Board Member’s year of birth is set forth in parentheses after his or her name.  The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms.  The initial terms of the first, second and third classes of directors will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of stockholders, respectively, and, in each case, until their successors are duly elected and qualify, or until a director sooner dies, retires, resigns or is removed as provided in the governing documents of the Fund.  Upon expiration of their initial terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify, and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders.

 
Except as otherwise noted, the address for all directors and officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203. The “independent directors” consist of those directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act.

 
Independent Board Members

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
 
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
John K. Carter
(1961)
 
Director
 
Initial term expires in 2017.  Has served since 2013.
 
Managing Partner, Global Recruiters of St. Petersburg (a financial services consulting and recruiting firm) (2012 to present); Business Unit Head, Transamerica Asset Management (2006 to 2012).
 
5
 
Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Transamerica Funds (120 funds) (2006 to 2012). Board Member, United Way of Tampa Bay (2011 to 2012).
 
Mr. Carter was previously an investment management attorney with experience as in-house counsel, serving with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in private practice with a large law firm. The Board feels Mr. Carter’s industry-specific experience, including as a chairman of another fund complex, as a compliance officer and as an experienced investment management attorney will be valuable to the Board.
 
37

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
   
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
J. Wayne Hutchens
(1944)
 
Director
 
Initial term expires in 2017. Has served since 2013.
 
Mr. Hutchens is currently retired.  From April 2006 to December 2012, he served as President and CEO of the University of Colorado (CU) Foundation and from April 2009 to December 2012, he was Executive Director of the CU Real Estate Foundation.  Mr. Hutchens is also Trustee of the Denver Museum of Nature and Science (2000 to present), Director of AMG National Trust Bank (June 2012 to present) and Trustee of Children’s Hospital Colorado (May 2012 to present).  Prior to these positions, Mr. Hutchens spent 29 years in the banking industry, retiring as Chairman of Chase Bank Colorado.
 
  1
 
Trustee, ALPS Series Trust (9 funds) (2012 to present).
Mr. Hutchens was President and CEO of the University of Colorado (CU) Foundation from April 2006 to December 2012 and Executive Director for the CU Real Estate Foundation from April 2009 to December 2012. Prior to these positions, Mr. Hutchens spent over 30 years in the banking industry, retiring as Chairman of Chase Bank Colorado. Mr. Hutchens is a graduate of the University of Colorado at Boulder’s School of Business and has done graduate study at Syracuse University and the University of Colorado. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business and financial services experience.
John S. Oakes
(1943)
 
Director
 
Initial term expires in 2018. Has served since 2013.
 
Principal, Financial Search and Consulting (a recruiting and consulting firm) (2013 to present); Regional Vice President, Securities America (a broker-dealer) (2007 to 2013).
 
5
 
N/A
Mr. Oakes has many years of experience in the securities industry. Additionally he had served on the Boards of Directors of other registered investment companies, including serving as Chairman. The Board feels Mr. Oakes’ industry and board experience adds an operational perspective to the Board.
38

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
 
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
David M. Swanson
(1957)
 
Director
 
Initial term expires in 2019. Has served since 2013.
 
Mr. Swanson is Founder & Managing Partner of SwanDog Strategic Marketing. Previously, he served as Executive Vice-President of Calamos Investments (April 2004 to March 2006), Chief Operating Officer of Van Kampen Investments (October 2002 to April 2004), and Managing Director of Morgan Stanley (February 2000 to April 2004).
 
10
 
Trustee, Managed Portfolio Series (28 funds) (2006 to present); Trustee, ALPS Variable Investment (9 funds) (2006 to present).
In 2006, Mr. Swanson founded SwanDog Marketing, a marketing consulting firm to asset managers. Mr. Swanson currently serves as SwanDog’s Managing Partner. He has over 30 years of senior management and marketing experience, with approximately 20 years in financial services. Before joining SwanDog, Mr. Swanson most recently served as Executive Vice President and Head of Distribution for Calamos Investments, an investment management firm. He previously held positions as Chief Operating Officer of Van Kampen Investments, President and CEO of Scudder, Stevens & Clark, Canada, Ltd. and Managing Director and Head of Global Investment Products at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Swanson holds a Master of Management from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a Bachelors in Journalism from Southern Illinois University. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business, financial services and investment management experience.

Interested Board Members and Officers
 
Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
 
Term of
Office(1) and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(2)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(3)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
Thomas A. Carter
(1966)
 
Chairman, Director and President
 
Initial term expires in 2018. Has served since 2013.
 
Mr. Carter joined ALPS in 1994 and is currently President and Director of the Adviser, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ADI”) and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. (“APSD”) and Executive Vice President and Director of AFS and ALPS Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”). Because of his position with AHI, AFS, the Adviser, ADI, and APSD, Mr. Carter is deemed an affiliate of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Before joining AFS, Mr. Carter was with Deloitte & Touche LLP, where he worked with a diverse group of clients, primarily within the financial services industry. Mr. Carter is a Certified Public Accountant and received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Colorado at Boulder.
 
32
 
  Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (21 funds), ALPS Variable Investment Trust (9 funds) and Principal Real Estate Income Fund (1 fund).
Mr. Carter joined AFS, the Fund’s administrator, in 1994 and currently serves as President of ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc., and the Adviser. Before joining AFS and ALPS, Mr. Carter was with Deloitte & Touche LLP, where he worked with a diverse group of clients, primarily within the financial services industry. Mr. Carter is a Certified Public Accountant and received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Colorado at Boulder. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business, accounting, financial services and investment management experience.
 
39

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
 
Term of
Office(1) and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(2)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(3)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
Patrick W. Galley
(1975)
 
Director
 
Initial term expires in 2019. Has served since 2013.
 
Chief Investment Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC. (2004 to present); Board of Managers of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC and RiverNorth Securities, LLC (since 2010) and Board of Directors RiverNorth Holdings, Co. (since 2010).
 
5
 
RiverNorth Funds (since 2006)
Mr. Galley has served as the Chief Investment Officer of the Subadviser since 2004 and is a portfolio manager of the Fund. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his investment management experience and his insights into the Fund’s investment activities.
Patrick D. Buchanan
(1972)
 
Treasurer
 
Has served since 2015.
 
Mr. Buchanan is Vice President of the Adviser. Mr. Buchanan joined the Adviser in 2007 and because of his position with the Adviser, he is deemed an affiliate of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Mr. Buchanan has served as Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer of ALPS ETF Trust since 2012 and of ALPS Variable Investment Trust and Principal Real Estate Income Fund since 2013. Mr. Buchanan received his Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Colorado at Boulder.
 
N/A
 
N/A
Erin D. Nelson
(1977)
 
Chief Compliance Officer
 
Has served since 2015.
 
Ms. Nelson joined ALPS in 2003 and is currently Senior Vice-President and Chief Compliance Officer of ALPS Advisors, Inc. Prior to 2015, Ms. Nelson was Vice-President and Assistant General Counsel of ALPS. Because of her position with ALPS, Ms. Nelson is deemed an affiliate of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act. Ms. Nelson is also Chief Compliance Officer of the Principal Real Estate Income Fund.
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
40

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
 
Term of
Office(1) and
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(2)
Overseen by
Director
 
Other
Directorships(3)
Held by
Director
During Past
5 Years
Abigail J. Murray
(1975)
 
Secretary
 
Has served since 2015.
 
Ms. Murray joined ALPS in April 2015. She is currently Vice President and Senior Counsel of ALPS. Prior to joining ALPS, Ms. Murray was an Attorney and Managing Member at Murray & Rouvina PLC from  2014 to 2015 and an Associate with Vedder Price P.C. from 2007 to 2014.  Because of her position with ALPS, Ms. Murray is deemed an affiliate of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act. Ms. Murray is also the Secretary of The Caldwell & Orkin Funds, Inc.
 
N/A
 
N/A
Valerie Ruppel
(1976)
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Has served since 2015.
 
Ms. Ruppel joined AFS in 2014 as Vice President and Senior Counsel.  Ms. Ruppel served as in-house counsel at Great-West Financial from 2009 to 2014 and served as corporate paralegal at Great-West Financial from 2007 to 2009. Ms. Ruppel serves as Vice President and Secretary of Oak Associates Funds.
 
N/A
 
N/A
 

(1) After a Trustee’s initial term, each Director is expected to serve a three-year term.
 
(2) The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that:
 
(a) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or
 
(b) have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies.
 
For Messrs. John Carter, Galley and Oakes, the Fund complex consists of the Fund (1 Fund) and the RiverNorth Funds (4 Funds). For Mr. Swanson, the Fund complex consists of the Fund (1 Fund) and the ALPS Variable Insurance Trust (9 Funds). For Mr. Thomas Carter, the Fund complex consists of the Fund, the Principal Real Estate Income Fund (1 Fund), ALPS Variable Insurance Trust (9 Funds) and the ALPS ETF Trust (21 Funds). For Mr. Hutchens, the Fund complex consists of the Fund.
 
(3) The numbers enclosed in the parentheticals represent the number of funds overseen in each respective directorship held by the Director.
 
Board Leadership Structure . The Board of Directors, which has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs, believes that it has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight obligations. Mr. Thomas Carter, the Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”), is not an Independent Director, but the directors have appointed John Oakes as lead Independent Director. The Board believes that the use of an Interested Director as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for the Fund given (i) Mr. Thomas Carter’s role in the day to day operations of the Adviser, (ii) the extent to which the work of the Board of Directors is conducted through the Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (each of whose meetings is chaired by an Independent Director) (iii) the frequency that Independent Directors meet with their independent legal counsel and auditors in the absence of members of the Fund’s Board of Directors who are Interested Directors of the Fund and management, and (iv) the overall sophistication of the Independent Directors, both individually and collectively. The Directors also complete an annual self-assessment during which the Directors review their overall structure and consider where and how its structure remains appropriate in light of the Fund’s current circumstances. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and in between meetings of the Board of Directors to generally act as the liaison between the Board of Directors and the Fund’s officers, attorneys and various other service providers, including but not limited to the Adviser, the Subadviser and other such third parties servicing the Fund. The Board of Directors believes that having an interested person serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors enables Mr. Thomas Carter to more effectively carry out these liaison activities. The Board of Directors also believes that it benefits during its meetings from having a person intimately familiar with the operation of the Fund to set the agenda for meetings of the Board of Directors to ensure that important matters are brought to the attention of and considered by the Board of Directors. In his role as lead Independent Director, Mr. Oakes participates in scheduling, setting and prioritizing board meeting agendas and making sure the board receives reports from management on essential matters. He also serves as the chief contact for the Board’s counsel and the Fund’s auditors, and represents the other Independent Directors in discussions with the Fund management.
 
41

The Fund has three standing committees, each of which enhances the leadership structure of the Board: the Audit Committee; the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee; and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Audit Committee, Qualified Legal Compliance Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are each chaired by, and composed of, members who are Independent Directors.
 
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (“Audit Committee”) is comprised of Messrs. John Carter, Hutchens, Oakes and Swanson. The role of the Fund’s Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in its oversight of (i) the quality and integrity of Fund’s financial statements, reporting process and the independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent accountants”) and reviews thereof, (ii) the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, (iii) the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and (iv) the independent accountants’ qualifications, independence and performance. The Audit Committee is also required to prepare an audit committee report pursuant to the rules of the SEC for inclusion in the Fund’s annual proxy statement. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter (the “Charter”) that was most recently reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on November 20, 2015. The Charter is available at the Fund’s website, www.rivernorthcef.com. As set forth in the Charter, management is responsible for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the Fund’s independent accountants are responsible for planning and carrying out proper audits and reviews. The independent accountants are ultimately accountable to the Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee, as representatives of shareholders. The independent accountants for the Fund report directly to the Audit Committee.
 
The Qualified Legal Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “QLCC”) is comprised of Messrs. John Carter, Hutchens, Oakes and Swanson. The principal purpose of the QLCC is to review and respond to reports of evidence of a Material Violation (as defined in the QLCC Charter). Reporting evidence of a Material Violation is required under the Standards of Professional Conduct for Attorneys adopted by the Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Standards”). Under the Standards, if an attorney appearing and practicing before the SEC in the representation of an issuer, such as the Fund, becomes aware of evidence of a Material Violation by the issuer or by any officer, trustee, employee or agent of the issuer, the Standards provide for the attorney to report such evidence to the issuer’s QLCC forthwith.  In discharging its role, the QLCC is granted the power to investigate any evidence of a Material Violation brought to its attention with full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of the Fund and the power to retain outside counsel, auditors or other experts for this purpose.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (“Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) is comprised of Messrs. John Carter, Hutchens, Oakes and Swanson. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board of Directors individuals believed to be qualified to become Board members in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider Director candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board of Directors, the qualifications of the candidate and the interests of shareholders. Shareholders wishing to recommend candidates to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee should submit such recommendations to the Secretary of the Fund, who will forward the recommendations to the committee for consideration. The submission must include: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual or special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual or special meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Fund’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business or nomination, (iii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such nomination; (iv) whether the shareholder plans to deliver or solicit proxies from other shareholders; (v) the class and number of shares of the capital stock of the Fund, which are beneficially owned by the shareholder and the proposed nominee to the Board of Directors, (vi) any material interest of the shareholder or nominee in such business; (vii) to the extent to which such shareholder (including such shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee to the Board of Directors has entered into any hedging transaction or other arrangement with the effect or intent of mitigating or otherwise managing profit, loss, or risk of changes in the value of the Common Shares or the daily quoted market price of the Fund held by such shareholder (including shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee, including independently verifiable information in support of the foregoing; and (viii) such other information regarding such nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Each eligible shareholder or shareholder group may submit no more than one independent trustee nominee each calendar year. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not determined any minimum qualifications necessary to serve as a Director of the Fund.
 
42

Risk Oversight . The Fund is confronted with a multitude of risks, such as investment risk, counter party risk, valuation risk, political risk, risk of operational failures, business continuity risk, regulatory risk, legal risk and other risks not listed here. The Board of Directors recognizes that not all risk that may affect the Fund can be known, eliminated or even mitigated. In addition, there are some risks that may not be cost effective or an efficient use of the Fund’s limited resources to moderate. As a result of these realities, the Board of Directors, through its oversight and leadership, has and will continue to deem it necessary for shareholders of the Fund to bear certain and undeniable risks, such as investment risk, in order for the Fund to operate in accordance with its prospectus, SAI and other related documents.
 
However, as required under the 1940 Act, the Board of Directors has adopted on the Fund’s behalf a vigorous risk program that mandates the Fund’s various service providers, including the Adviser, to adopt a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various risks, mitigate the likelihood of such adverse events from occurring and/or attempt to limit the effects of such adverse events on the Fund. The Board of Directors fulfills its leadership role by receiving a variety of quarterly written reports prepared by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) that (1) evaluate the operation, policies and policies of the Fund’s service providers, (2) make known any material changes to the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund or its service providers since the CCO’s last report and (3) disclose any material compliance matters that occurred since the date of the last CCO report. In addition, the Independent Directors meet quarterly in executive sessions without the presence of any Interested Directors, the Adviser, the Subadviser, or any of their affiliates. This configuration permits the Independent Directors to effectively receive the information and have private discussions necessary to perform their risk oversight role, exercise independent judgment, and allocate areas of responsibility between the full Board of Directors, its various committees and certain officers of the Fund. Furthermore the Independent Directors have engaged independent legal counsel and auditors to assist the Independent Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities. As discussed above and in consideration of other factors not referenced herein, the Board of Directors has determined its leadership role concerning risk management as one of oversight and not active management of the Fund’s day-to-day risk management operations.
 
As of the date of this SAI, the non-interested members of the Board of Directors have had two meeting, and the Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee have each had two meetings.
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement will be included in the Fund’s first shareholder report. The basis for subsequent continuations of these agreements will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.
 
Compensation .  The Fund pays no salaries or compensation to any of its interested Directors or its officers. For their services, the independent Directors of the Fund receive an annual retainer in the amount of $17,000, and an additional $2,000 for attending each meeting of the Board of Directors. The independent Directors are also reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors. The following tables show estimated compensation to by paid to the Directors for the first fiscal year.  Thomas A. Carter and Patrick W. Galley are each interested persons of the Fund and have received no compensation from the Fund.
 
   
Aggregate
   
Total Compensation
 
   
Compensation
   
from Fund
 
Name of Board Member
 
from Fund
   
and Fund Complex
 
Independent Board Members:
     
John Carter
 
$
25,000
   
$
62,500
 
Wayne Hutchens
   
25,000
     
25,000
 
John Oakes
   
25,000
     
62,500
 
David Swanson
   
25,000
     
62,500
 

43

Board Member Ownership in the Fund

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Board Member in the Fund and all funds overseen by each Board Member in the family of investment companies as of December 31, 2014.
 
Board Member
 
Dollar Range of Beneficial
Ownership in Fund
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Ownership in all Funds
Overseen by Board Member in
the Family of
Investment Companies †
 
           
Independent Board Member :
         
           
John Carter
   None    $50,001-$100,000  
           
Wayne Hutchens
   None    None  
           
John Oakes
   None   $10,001-$50,000  
           
David Swanson
   None    None  
           
Interested Board Member :
         
           
Thomas A. Carter
   None    None  
           
Patrick W. Galley
   None   Over $100,000  


Family of Investment Companies for Messrs. John Carter, Galley and Oakes consists of the Fund and RiverNorth Funds (4 funds). Family of Investment Companies for Messrs. Thomas Carter, Hutchens and Swanson consists of the Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the Board Members and officers of the Fund owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
 
Securities Beneficially Owned
 
The Adviser has provided the initial capitalization of the Fund and therefore is deemed to be a control person because it was the sole shareholder of the Fund at that time.  However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person of the Fund once the offering is completed.
 
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
 
The Fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Subadviser, subject to the Board’s general oversight. The Subadviser votes proxies pursuant to the proxy voting policy and guidelines set forth in Appendix A to this SAI.
 
You may also obtain information about how the Fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 by visiting the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.rivernorthcef.com (this reference to the Fund’s website does not incorporate the contents of the website into this SAI).
 
44

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the Common Shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
The Registration Statement and the Codes of Ethics may be viewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information about the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The Registration Statement and the Codes of Ethics also may be available on the Edgar Database on the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov, or be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to: Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
45

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 
I.REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.

 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), as of November 20, 2015. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement.  Our procedures included confirmation of cash as of November 20, 2015, by correspondence with the custodian. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 
In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. as of November 20, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 
/s/ COHEN FUND AUDIT SERVICES, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
November 24, 2015
46

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
NOVEMBER 20, 2015
 
Assets:
   
Cash
 
$
100,007
 
Deferred offering costs (See Note 3)
   
68,250
 
Total Assets
   
168,257
 
Liabilities:
       
Accrued offering costs (See Note 3)
   
68,250
 
Total Liabilities
   
68,250
 
Net Assets
 
$
100,007
 
Components of Net Assets:
       
Paid in capital
 
$
100,007
 
Net Assets
 
$
100,007
 
Shares of common stock outstanding, at $0.0001 par value, and 37,500,000 shares authorized
   
5,155
 
Net asset value per common share
 
$
19.40
 
Offering price per share
 
$
20.00
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
47

RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.
Notes to Statement of Assets and Liabilities
November 20, 2015
 
Note 1 — Organization and Registration
 
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a closed-end management investment company that was organized as a Maryland corporation on September 9, 2010. The Fund is a diversified investment company with an investment objective to seek total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. The Fund has not had any operations other than the sale and issuance of 5,155 common shares of beneficial interest at an aggregate purchase price of $100,007 to ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“ALPS Advisors”), the Fund’s investment adviser at a net asset value of $19.40 per share. Shares issued by the Fund are subject to a sales load of 3.00%.
 
Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies
 
The Fund’s financial statement is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Income Taxes — The Fund’s policy is to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to regulated investment companies and to distribute all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is required. The Fund plans to file U.S. Federal and various state and local tax returns.
 
Note 3 — Organizational Expenses and Offering Costs
 
Organizational Expenses — ALPS Advisors and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth”) the Fund’s sub-adviser, have agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. As a result, organizational expenses of the Fund are not reflected in the Fund’s financial statement. Total organizational expenses incurred through November 20, 2015, are $64,750.
 
Offering Costs — Offering costs are paid directly by the Fund. ALPS Advisors and RiverNorth have agreed to pay the amount, if any, by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04/share (0.20% of the offering price). Offering costs incurred through November 20, 2015 are $68,250 and management estimates an additional $718,455 of costs expected to be incurred resulting in total offering costs of $786,705 of which the Fund will incur an additional $231,750 based on a $150 million capital raise.  ALPS Advisors and RiverNorth will pay the $486,705 of expenses in excess of the offering price cap. The Statement of Assets and Liabilities reflects the current costs of $68,250 as deferred incurred offering costs.  These offering costs, as well as offering costs incurred subsequent to November 20, 2015, will be charged to paid-in-capital upon sale of the shares to the public or reimbursed by ALPS Advisors and RiverNorth.
 
Note 4 — Investment Advisory and Other Agreements
 
ALPS Advisors will serve as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Fund. As compensation for its services to the Fund, ALPS Advisors receives an annual investment advisory fee of 1.00% based on the Fund’s average Managed Assets. Pursuant to an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, ALPS Advisors has retained RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth”) as the Fund’s sub-adviser and will pay RiverNorth an annual fee of 0.85% based on the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“AFS”), an affiliate of ALPS Advisors, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under an Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement, AFS is responsible for calculating the net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services to the Fund. AFS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.15% based on the Fund’s average Managed Assets, plus out-of-pocket expenses.
 
48

DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”), the parent company of ALPS Advisors and AFS, serves as the Transfer Agent to the Fund. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, DST is responsible for maintaining all shareholder records of the Fund. DST is entitled to receive an annual minimum fee of $22,500 plus out-of-pocket expenses. 

 
For these purposes, the term Managed Assets is defined as the value of the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding), calculated as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such day or as of such other time or times as the Board of Directors may determine in accordance with the provisions of applicable law and of the declaration and bylaws of the Fund and with resolutions of the Board of Directors as from time to time in force.

 
The Fund may use leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, in an aggregate amount of up to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance. The sub-adviser will assess whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets. Leverage, if used, is expected to take the form of a borrowing or the issuance of preferred stock, although the Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings or other similar term loans.

 
 The Fund’s Board of Directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement at its November 20, 2015 meeting.

 
A Director and certain Officers of the Fund are also employees of ALPS Advisors, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc. A Director is also an employee of the sub-advisor.
 
49

APPENDIX A:

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

Proxy Voting
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Pursuant to the recent adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of Rule 206(4)-6 (17 CFR 275.206(4)-6) and amendments to Rule 204-2 (17 CFR 275.204-2) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”), it is a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business, within the meaning of Section 206(4) of the Act, for an investment adviser to exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, unless (i) the adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of its clients, (ii) the adviser describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients and provides copies on request, and (iii) the adviser discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
 
In its standard investment advisory agreement, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (RiverNorth Capital) specifically states that it does not vote proxies and the client, including clients governed by ERISA, is responsible for voting proxies. Therefore, RiverNorth Capital will not vote proxies for these clients. However, RiverNorth Capital will vote proxies on behalf of investment company clients (“Funds”). RiverNorth Capital has instructed all custodians, other than Fund custodians, to forward proxies directly to its clients, and if RiverNorth Capital accidentally receives a proxy for any non-Fund client, current or former, the Chief Compliance Officer will promptly forward the proxy to the client. In order to fulfill its responsibilities to Funds, RiverNorth Capital Management, Inc. (hereinafter “we” or “our”) has adopted the following policies and procedures for proxy voting with regard to companies in any Fund's investment portfolios.
 
KEY OBJECTIVES

The key objectives of these policies and procedures recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations and longer term strategic planning of the company, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. While “ordinary business matters” are primarily the responsibility of management and should be approved solely by the corporation’s board of directors, these objectives also recognize that the company’s shareholders must have final say over how management and directors are performing, and how shareholders’ rights and ownership interests are handled, especially when matters could have substantial economic implications to the shareholders.
 
Therefore, we will pay particular attention to the following matters in exercising our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary for our client:
 
Accountability . Each company should have effective means in place to hold those entrusted with running a company’s business accountable for their actions. Management of a company should be accountable to its board of directors and the board should be accountable to shareholders.
 
Alignment of Management and Shareholder Interests . Each company should endeavor to align the interests of management and the board of directors with the interests of the company’s shareholders. For example, we generally believe that compensation should be designed to reward management for doing a good job of creating value for the shareholders of the company.
 
Transparency . Promotion of timely disclosure of important information about a company’s business operations and financial performance enables investors to evaluate the performance of a company and to make informed decisions about the purchase and sale of a company’s securities.
 
50

DECISION METHODS

We generally believe that the individual portfolio managers that invest in and track particular companies are the most knowledgeable and best suited to make decisions with regard to proxy votes. Therefore, we rely on those individuals to make the final decisions on how to cast proxy votes.
 
No set of proxy voting guidelines can anticipate all situations that may arise. In special cases, we may seek insight from our managers and analysts on how a particular proxy proposal will impact the financial prospects of a company, and vote accordingly.
 
In some instances, a proxy vote may present a conflict between the interests of a client, on the one hand, and our interests or the interests of a person affiliated with us, on the other. In such a case, we will abstain from making a voting decision and will forward all of the necessary proxy voting materials to the client to enable the client to cast the votes.
 
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the following policies will apply to investment company shares owned by a Fund. Under Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”), a fund may only invest up to 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, but may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies. However, Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act provides that the provisions of paragraph 12(d)(1) shall not apply to securities purchased or otherwise acquired by a fund if (i) immediately after such purchase or acquisition not more than 3% of the total outstanding stock of such registered investment company is owned by the fund and all affiliated persons of the fund; and (ii) the fund is not proposing to offer or sell any security issued by it through a principal underwriter or otherwise at a public or offering price which includes a sales load of more than 1½% percent. Therefore, each Fund (or the Adviser acting on behalf of the Fund) must comply with the following voting restrictions unless it is determined that the Fund is not relying on Section 12(d)(1)(F):
 
·   when the Fund exercises voting rights, by proxy or otherwise, with respect to any investment company owned by the Fund, the Fund will either
· seek instruction from the Fund’s shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies and vote in accordance with such instructions, or
· vote the shares held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security.
 
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

Election of the Board of Directors
 
We believe that good corporate governance generally starts with a board composed primarily of independent directors, unfettered by significant ties to management, all of whose members are elected annually. We also believe that turnover in board composition promotes independent board action, fresh approaches to governance, and generally has a positive impact on shareholder value. We will generally vote in favor of non-incumbent independent directors.

The election of a company’s board of directors is one of the most fundamental rights held by shareholders. Because a classified board structure prevents shareholders from electing a full slate of directors annually, we will generally support efforts to declassify boards or other measures that permit shareholders to remove a majority of directors at any time, and will generally oppose efforts to adopt classified board structure.
 
Approval of Independent Auditors
 
We believe that the relationship between a company and its auditors should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, although it may include certain closely related activities that do not raise an appearance of impaired independence.
 
We will evaluate on a case-by-case basis instances in which the audit firm has a substantial non-audit relationship with a company to determine whether we believe independence has been, or could be, compromised.
51

Equity-based compensation plans
 
 We believe that appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans, approved by shareholders, can be an effective way to align the interests of shareholders and the interests of directors, management, and employees by providing incentives to increase shareholder value. Conversely, we are opposed to plans that substantially dilute ownership interests in the company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have inherently objectionable structural features.
 
We will generally support measures intended to increase stock ownership by executives and the use of employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees. These may include:
 
1. Requiring senior executives to hold stock in a company.
2. Requiring stock acquired through option exercise to be held for a certain period of time.

These are guidelines, and we consider other factors, such as the nature of the industry and size of the company, when assessing a plan’s impact on ownership interests.
 
Corporate Structure
 
We view the exercise of shareholders’ rights, including the rights to act by written consent, to call special meetings and to remove directors, to be fundamental to good corporate governance.
 
Because classes of common stock with unequal voting rights limit the rights of certain shareholders, we generally believe that shareholders should have voting power equal to their equity interest in the company and should be able to approve or reject changes to a company’s by-laws by a simple majority vote.
 
We will generally support the ability of shareholders to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
 
Shareholder Rights Plans
 
 While we recognize that there are arguments both in favor of and against shareholder rights plans, also known as poison pills, such measures may tend to entrench current management, which we generally consider to have a negative impact on shareholder value. Therefore, while we will evaluate such plans on a case by case basis, we will generally oppose such plans.
 
CLIENT INFORMATION
 
A copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is available to our clients, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-646-0148. We will send a copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
 
In addition, we will provide each client, without charge, upon request, information regarding the proxy votes cast by us with regard to the client’s securities.
52

PART C — OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits
 
1.
Financial Statements:
 
 
 
Part A — None
 
 
 
Part B — Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
2.
Exhibits:
 
 
 
a
Articles of Amendment and Restatement.*
 
b.
Bylaws.*
 
c.
Not applicable.
 
d.
Not applicable.
 
e.
Form of Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan.*
 
f.
Not applicable.
 
g.1
Form of Investment Advisory Agreement.*
 
g.2
Form of Subadvisory Agreement.*
 
h.1
Form of Underwriting Agreement, filed herewith.
 
h.2
Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, filed herewith.
 
h.3
Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, filed herewith.
 
i.
Not applicable.
 
j.
Form of Custodian Agreement.*
 
k.1
Form of Transfer Agency, Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agency Agreement.*
 
k.2
Form of Administrative, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement.*
 
k.3
Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, filed herewith.
 
k.4
Form of Distribution Assistance Agreement.*
 
l.
Form of Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP.*
 
m.
Not applicable.
 
n.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith.
 
o.
Not applicable.
 
p.
Subscription Agreement.*
 
q.
Not applicable.
 
r.1
Code of Ethics of the Fund, filed herewith.
 
r.2
Code of Ethics of the Investment Manager.*
 
r.3
Code of Ethics of the Subadviser.*
 
s.
Powers of Attorney.*
 ______________________________
* Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 2015.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
 
See the Form of Underwriting Agreement as Exhibit (h)(1), the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC as Exhibit (k)(3), the Form Master Agreement Among Underwriters as Exhibit (h)(2) and the Form Master Selected Dealers Agreement as Exhibit (h)(3) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement.
 

Item 27. Other Expenses and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
 
Registration fees
 
$
 
 
listing fee
 
 
 
Printing (other than certificates)
 
 
 
Engraving and printing certificates
 
 
 
Accounting fees and expenses
 
 
 
Legal fees and expenses
 
 
 
FINRA fee
 
 
 
Miscellaneous
 
 
 
Total
 
$
 
 
 
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control
 
None.
 
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
 
As of November 25, 2015, the number or record holders of each class of securities of the Registrant was:
 
Title of Class
 
Number of
Record Holders
Common Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share
 
1
 
Item 30. Indemnification
 
The Charter of the Registrant provides that, to the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the Registrant shall have any liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted. Article 2, Section 405.2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law provides that the Articles of Incorporation of a Maryland corporation may limit the extent to which directors or officers may be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for money damages in certain instances.
 
The Registrant’s Charter also provides that no amendment to the charter of the Registrant shall affect any right of any person based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to the amendment. Insofar as Indemnification for liabilities under the 1933 Act may be permitted to the directors and officers, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such Act and is therefore unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities under the 1933 Act (other than for expenses incurred in a successful defense) is asserted against the Fund by the directors or officers in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Reference will be made to Section 6 of the Form of Underwriting Agreement, filed herewith as Exhibit (h)(1).
 
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
 
ALPS Advisors, Inc.
 
The description of the Investment Adviser under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, respectively, constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of this Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. The address of the Investment Adviser is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

Set forth below is information as to any other business, profession, vocation and employment of a substantial nature in which each officer of the Investment Adviser is, or at any during the last two fiscal years has been, engaged for their own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee partner or trustee:

ALPS Advisors, Inc.

Name*
Positions with ALPS Advisors, Inc.
Other Business Connections
Type of Business
Edmund J. Burke
Director
President and Director, ALPS Holdings, Inc. and Director, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., ALPS Advisors, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Fund Services, Inc. and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Thomas A. Carter
President, Director
See Trustee and Officer Table in the SAI
Fund Servicing
Jeremy O. May
Executive Vice President, Director
President and Director, ALPS Fund Services, Inc., Executive Vice President and Director, ALPS Holdings, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc., and Director, ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Bradley J. Swenson
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President and CCO, ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Robert J. Szydlowski
Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Eric T. Parsons
Vice President, Controller, Assistant Treasurer
Vice President, Corporate Controller, ALPS Holdings, Inc., Vice President, Assistant Treasurer and Controller, ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Patrick Buchanan
Vice President, Advisory Operations
See Trustee and Officer Table in the SAI
Fund Servicing
Randall D. Young
Secretary
Secretary, ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
 

Gregg Wm. Givens
Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, ALPS Distributors, Inc. and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc., Assistant Treasurer, ALPS Holdings, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Jeremy Held
Senior Vice President, Director of Research
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
William R. Parmentier, Jr.
Senior Vice President, Director of Research
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Michael Akins
Senior Vice President, Index Management
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Aisha J. Hunt
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Troy A. Duran
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of ALPS Holdings, Inc. ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributors, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Erin D. Nelson
Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
 Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Abigail J. Murray
Vice President, Senior Counsel
Vice President, Senior Counsel of ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Andrea E. Kuchli
Vice President, Senior Counsel
Vice President, Senior Counsel of ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Mark T. Haley
Vice President
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Wyck Brown
Senior Vice President
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Dennis P. Emmanuel
Director of ETF and Closed-End Strategy
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Hilary Quinn
Vice President
Vice President, ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Jennifer Craig
Assistant Vice President
Assistant Vice President, ALPS Distributors, Inc. and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Douglas W. Fleming
Assistant Treasurer
Assistant Treasurer of ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. , ALPS Holdings, Inc. and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Fund Servicing
JoEllen L. Legg
 
Vice President, Senior Counsel
 
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel of ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
Fund Servicing
Fund Servicing
 
* The principal business address for each of the ALPS Advisors, Inc. representatives is: 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado, 80203.


RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
The description of the Subadviser under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, respectively, constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of this Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein.
 
The principal occupation of the directors and officers of the Subadviser are their services as directors and officers of the Subadviser. The address of the Subadviser is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.
 
Set forth below is information as to any other business, profession, vocation and employment of a substantial nature in which each officer of the Subadviser is, or at any during the last two fiscal years has been, engaged for their own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee partner or trustee:

Name*
Positions with RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
Other Business Connections
Type of Business
Brian H. Schmucker
Chief Executive Officer and Board of Managers
Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC
Investments
Patrick W. Galley
Chief Investment Officer and Board of Managers
President and Trustee, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC.
Investments
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt
Chief Operating Officer and Board of Managers
Treasurer, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC
Investments
Marcus L. Collins
General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer
Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Funds
Investments
Stephen A. O'Neill
Portfolio Manager
Portfolio Manager, RiverNorth Funds
Investments

* The address for each of the named is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois, 60654.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
 
All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Fund by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Fund, c/o ALPS Funds Services, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203.
 
Item 33. Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 34. Undertakings
 
1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement, the net asset value decline more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this Registration Statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

2. Not applicable.
 
3. Not applicable.
 
4. Not applicable.
 
5. The Registrant undertakes that:
 
    a. for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to 497(h) under the 1933 Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
    b. for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of an oral or written request, its Statement of Additional Information. 
 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, has duly caused this amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Denver and the state of Colorado, on the 2nd day of December, 2015.
 
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ Thomas A. Carter
 
 
 
Thomas A. Carter, President
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
/s/ Thomas A. Carter
 
Director, President
 
December 2, 2015
Thomas A. Carter
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Patrick D. Buchanan
 
Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer
 
December 2, 2015
Patrick D. Buchanan
 
  (Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
December 2, 2015
John Carter
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
December 2, 2015
Patrick W. Galley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
December 2, 2015
Wayne Hutchens
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
December 2, 2015
John Oakes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
December 2, 2015
David M. Swanson
 
 
 
 
 
* By:
/s/Abigail J. Murray
 
 
Name: Abigail J. Murray
 
 
Title: Attorney in Fact
 
 
Date: December 2, 2015
 
 
Signatures affixed by Abigail J. Murray pursuant to Powers of Attorney dated November 20, 2015, and incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 2015.
 

 
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
 
__________ Shares of Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
 
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
 
Dated: [●], 2015
 

Table of Contents

Page
 
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties
3
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing
18
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Fund and the Adviser
19
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses
22
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations
22
SECTION 6. Indemnification
27
SECTION 7. Contribution
29
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery
31
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement
31
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters
32
SECTION 11. Notices
32
SECTION 12. Parties
32
SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW
33
SECTION 14. Effect of Headings
33
SECTION 15. Definitions
33
SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship
35
 
EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A – Initial Securities to be Sold
 
Exhibit B – Form of Opinion of Fund Counsel
 
Exhibit C – Form of Opinion of Adviser Counsel
 
Exhibit D – Form of Opinion of Subadviser Counsel
 
Exhibit E – Form of Opinion of Maryland Counsel
 
Exhibit F – Price-Related Information
 
i

RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.

[●] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●] , 2015

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[UNDERWRITERS]

As Representatives of the several Underwriters
listed on Exhibit A hereto

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Fund ”), ALPS Advisors Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “ Adviser ”) and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Subadviser and together with the Adviser, the “ Advisers ) confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, [REPRESENTATIVES] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund of a total of [●] shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Option Securities ”), to cover over‑allotments, if any. The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.

The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Fund has entered into (i) an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser dated as of [●] , 2015, (ii) a Distribution Assistance Agreement with the ALPS Distributors, Inc. dated as of [●] , 2015, (iii) a Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated as of [●] , 2015 , (iv) a Transfer Agency, Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agency Agreement with DST Systems, Inc. dated as of [●] , 2015 and (v) an Administrative, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement with ALPS Fund Services, Inc. dated as of [●] , 2015 , and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ,” the “ Distribution Assistance Agreement ”, the “ Custodian Agreement, ” the “ Transfer Agency Agreement, ” and the “ Administration Agreement ”, respectively. Collectively, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Distribution Assistance Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Licensing Agreement (as defined below) are herein referred to as the “ Fund Agreements .” The Adviser and the Subadviser have entered into (i) a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo dated as of [●], 2015, (ii) [ Additional Compensation Agreement to be inserted], and (iii) a Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of [●], 2015 and such agreements, together with the Licensing Agreement (as defined below) are herein referred to as the “ Advisor Agreements .” In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of common stock shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional common stock of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .” The Fund and the Adviser have separately entered into a Licensing Agreement with the Subadviser for use of certain advertising marks to be used by each, and such agreement is hereby referred to as the “ Licensing Agreement .”

1

The Fund has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (File Nos. 333- 169317 and 811- 22472 ) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Fund may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been furnished to you.

The Fund will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Fund has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Fund has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.

2

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties
 
(a)  Representations and Warranties by the Fund and the Advisers. The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

(1)  Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, pursuant to the Registration Statement. Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and has been filed under the 1940 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Advisers, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.

At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or become effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit F hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Fund makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.

3

The Fund’s registration statement on Form 8‑A under the 1934 Act is effective.

(2)  Independent Accountants . Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. (“CFAS”) who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus is an independent public accountant as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.
 
(3)  Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Fund included in the Registration Statement , the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Fund at the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Fund for the periods specified; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and comply with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations . The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Fund.
 
(4)  No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Fund Material Adverse Effect, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund which are material with respect to the Fund other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its Common Stock.
 
(5)  Good Standing of the Fund . The Fund has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Maryland and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
 
(6)  No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.
 
(7)  Investment Company Status. The Fund is duly registered as a closed-end, diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission. The Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.
4

(8)  Officers and Director . No person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no director of the Fund is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this Section 1(a)(8), the Fund and the Advisers shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and directors.
 
(9)  Capitalization . T he authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the certificates for the Securities, if any, are in valid and sufficient form.
 
(10)  Power and Authority . The Fund has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; and this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(11)  Approval of Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement . The Fund’s Board of Directors and the Fund’s sole stockholder have approved the Investment Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement in accordance with Section 15 of the 1940 Act.
 
(12)  Agreements’ Compliance with Law . This Agreement, each of the Fund Agreements and the Sub-Advisory Agreement comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
5

(13 Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Fund is not (i) in violation of its Organizational Documents, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, declaration of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Fund or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self‑regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Fund.
 
(14)  Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened, against or affecting the Fund which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(15)  Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits . The statements set forth under the headings “Description of the Common Shares,” “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and By-Laws and of Maryland Law” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, Maryland law, the Fund’s Organizational Documents, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Fund documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required .
 
(16)  Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B)  no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained and under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
6

(17)  Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Fund Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.
 
(18)  Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Fund has such licenses, permits and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Fund has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Fund under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Fund.
 
(19)  Distribution of Offering Material . The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
 
(20)  Absence of Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement.
7

(21)  NYSE . The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.
 
(22)  FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and directors in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct.
 
(23)  Tax Returns . The Fund has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(24)  Subchapter M . The Fund is currently in compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.
 
(25)  Insurance . The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Fund’s trustees and directors/errors and omissions insurance policy, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such fidelity bond and policy in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such fidelity bond or policy as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
 
(26)  Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Fund employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations. The Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. The Fund employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a‑3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
8

(27)  Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Fund or any of the Fund’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
 
(28)  Fund Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Fund has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a‑1 under the 1940 Act) by the Fund, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.
 
(29)  Absence of Manipulation . The Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(30)  Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data . Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.
 
(31)  Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Fund or the Advisers for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were so filed. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
9

(32)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Fund is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Fund and, to the knowledge of the Fund, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
 
(33)  Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.
 
(34)  OFAC . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Fund is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(b)  Representations and Warranties by the Adviser .   The Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
10

(1)  Adviser Status . The Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Advisor Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(2)  Capitalization . The Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement and the Advisor Agreements .
 
(3)  No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Adviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Adviser which are material with respect to the Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(4)  Good Standing .   The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Colorado and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Advisor Agreements; and the Adviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
 
(5)  Power and Authority . The Adviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Advisor Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; and this Agreement and the Advisor Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(6)  Description of the Adviser . The description of the Adviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Adviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
11

(7)  Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Advisor Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Adviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject.
 
(8)  Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement and the Advisor Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
 
(9)  Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement or the Advisor Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(10)  Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B)  no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
 
(11)  Possession of Permits . The Adviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Adviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Adviser under any such Permit.
12

(12 Adviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)‑7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Adviser and its supervised persons.
 
(13)  Absence of Manipulation . The Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Adviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(14)  Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Adviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Adviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
 
(15)  Internal Controls . The Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(16)  Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Adviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened.
 
(17)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Adviser nor, to the knowledge of the Adviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Adviser is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Adviser and, to the knowledge of the Adviser, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
13

(18)  OFAC . Neither the Adviser nor, to the knowledge of the Adviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Adviser is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Adviser will not cause the Fund, directly or indirectly, to use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(c)  Representations and Warranties by the Subadviser .   The Subadviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
(1)  Subadviser Status . The Subadviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement or the Fee Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(2)  Capitalization . The Subadviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement , the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements .
 
(3)  No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Subadviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Subadviser which are material with respect to the Subadviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(4)  Good Standing .   The Subadviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement , the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements; and the Subadviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
14

(5)  Power and Authority . The Subadviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Subadviser; and this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Subadviser and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Subadviser, enforceable against the Subadviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws or other applicable laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Subadviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(6)  Description of the Subadviser . The description of the Subadviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Subadviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(7)  Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Subadviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Subadviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Subadviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Subadviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which the Subadviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Subadviser is subject.
 
(8)  Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement and the Fee Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
 
(9)  Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened, against or affecting the Subadviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement or the Fee Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Subadviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Subadviser Material Adverse Effect.
15

(10 Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B)  no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Licensing Agreement or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
 
(11)  Possession of Permits . The Subadviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Subadviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Subadviser under any such Permit.
 
(12)  Subadviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Subadviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)‑7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Subadviser and its supervised persons.
 
(13)  Absence of Manipulation . The Subadviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and to the knowledge of the Subadviser, no such action has been taken or will be taken by any affiliates of the Subadviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Subadviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(14)  Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Subadviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Subadviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
16

(15)  Internal Controls . The Subadviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(16)  Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Subadviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Subadviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened.
 
(17)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Subadviser nor, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Subadviser is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Subadviser and, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
 
(18)  OFAC . Neither the Subadviser nor, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Subadviser is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Subadviser will not cause the Fund, directly or indirectly, to use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(d)  Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Adviser and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Adviser, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby .
17

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing

(a)  Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at a purchase price of $_____ per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto . The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(b)  Option Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to _____ Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund payable on the Initial Securities, but not payable on the Option Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.   Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.
 
(c)  Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on [●] , 2015 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).
 
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above‑mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.

Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Fund. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct . Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

18

(d)  Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
 
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Fund and the Advisers . The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)  Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Fund becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Fund will use its best efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
 
(b)  Filing of Amendments. The Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.
19

(c)  Delivery of Registration Statements. The Fund has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.
 
(d)  Delivery of Prospectuses. The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.
 
(e)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Fund will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)  Blue Sky Qualifications. The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
20

(g)  Rule 158. The Fund will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
 
(h)  Use of Proceeds . The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(i)  Reporting Requirements. The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
 
(j)  Subchapter M. The Fund will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.
 
(k)  Absence of Manipulation . The Fund and the Advisers have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund and the Advisers are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(l)  Restriction on Sale of Securities. The Fund and the Advisers will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction for a period of 180 days following the Applicable Time, provided , however , that the Fund may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Fund in effect at the Applicable Time.
21

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses

(a)  Expenses. The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or evidence of book-entry notation for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Fund, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any Sales Material and any amendments or supplements thereto , (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement exceed $0.04 per share, the Advisers will pay all such costs and expenses.
 
(b)  Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out‑of‑pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Fund and the Advisers contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 2 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Fund and the Advisers made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and the Advisers of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a)  Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Advisers, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
22

(b)  (i) Opinion of Counsel for Fund. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Mayer Brown LLP, counsel for the Fund (“ Fund Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(ii)   Opinion of Maryland Counsel. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Foley & Lardner LLP (“Maryland Counsel”) in the form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit E hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c)  Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by Maryland law, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of Maryland Counsel set forth in Exhibit E hereto.
 
(d)  Certificate of the Fund. At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Fund Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Fund and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Fund (in each of their respective capacity as an officer of the Fund), dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Fund Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Fund in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Fund has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission.
 
23

(e)  Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Assistant General Counsel for the Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)  Certificate of the Adviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Adviser and of the President, Senior Vice President, or Vice President of the Adviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Adviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Adviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission .
 
(g)  Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of the General Counsel for the Subdviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(h)  Certificate of the Subadviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Subdviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Subadviser and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Subadviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Subadviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Subadviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission .
24

(i)  Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from CFAS a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
 
(j)  Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from CFAS a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.
 
(k)  Fee Agreements. At the Applicable Time, the Advisers shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements, executed by the Advisers and dated the date of this Agreement, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Advisers for each of the other parties thereto.
 
(l)  No Objection. Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
 
(m)  Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:
 
(1)  Officers’ Certificate of the Fund . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
25

(2)  (i) Opinion of Counsel for Fund . The favorable opinion of Fund Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)(i) hereof.
 
(ii) Opinion of Maryland Counsel . The favorable opinion of Maryland Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)(ii) hereof.

(3)  Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
 
(4)  Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser . The favorable opinion of the Assistant General Counsel for the Adviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.
 
(5)  Certificate of the Adviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
 
(6)  Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser . The favorable opinion of the General Counsel for the Subadviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(g) hereof.
 
(7)  Certificate of the Subadviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(g) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
 
(8)  Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from CFAS, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.
26

(n)  Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Adviser in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
 
(o)  Delivery of Documents . The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.
 
(p)  Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund.
 
SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a)  Indemnification by the Fund and the Advisers. The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, affiliates of each Underwriter, directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
 
(i)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
(ii)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Fund and the Advisers; and
 
27

(iii)  against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above,
 
provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Advisers by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus , any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

(b)  Indemnification by the Underwriters .   Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Fund and the Advisers, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus , any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Advisers by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus , any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Fund and the Advisers acknowledge that (i) the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
28

(c)  Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Fund, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Fund; and counsel to the Adviser and each person, if any, who controls such Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Adviser. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Fund, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Adviser and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
(d)  Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
 
(e)  Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution .   The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Fund and the Advisers with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.
 
SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

29

The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the Advisers and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.

The relative fault of the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund, by the Advisers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Fund, the Advisers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

30

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such Underwriters, and each person who controls the Fund or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer of the Fund and the Advisers and each trustee, director or member of the Fund and the Advisers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and the Advisers. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or signed by or on behalf of the Advisers submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund, or by or on behalf of the Adviser, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a)  Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund or the Advisers , at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Fund, at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities .
 
(b)  Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
31

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non‑defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24‑hour period, then:

(a)  if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non‑defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non‑defaulting Underwriters; or
 
(b)  if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non‑defaulting Underwriter.
 
No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; notices to the Fund shall be directed to them at RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, Attention: Secretary; notices to the Adviser shall be directed to them at ALPS Advisors, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, Attention: Assistant General Counsel; and; notices to the Subadviser shall be directed to them at RiverNorth Capital management, LLC, 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 345, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Marc Collins.

SECTION 12. Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

32

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 14. Effect of Headings . The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 15. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.

Adviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fund Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.

33

Initial Registration Statement ” means the Fund’s registration statement (File Nos. 333- 169317 and 811- 22472) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by‑laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.

preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was so used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.

Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated [●], 2015 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.

Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.

Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information .

34

Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.

Subadviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Subadviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.

1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.

1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.

All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement , the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.

SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Fund and the Advisers acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)  Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Fund or the Advisers, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Fund or the Advisers on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Fund or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;
35

(b)  the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Fund following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;
 
(c)  it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
(d)  in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Fund or the Advisers or any of their respective affiliates; provided however, that in its capacity as an independent contractor, an Underwriter may be providing advice to the Advisers as to the structure, design and organization of the Fund pursuant to the Fee Agreements;
 
(e)  none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Fund or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;
 
(f)  it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Fund and the Advisers, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Fund or the Advisers by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
 
(g)  it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Fund or the Advisers.
 
[Signature Page Follows]

36

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Fund and the Advisers a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers in accordance with its terms.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
 
             
      By     
        Name:    
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
ALPS ADVISORS INC.
 
             
      By     
        Name:     
        Title:    
             
      RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC  
             
      By     
        Name:    
        Title:    
             
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
[REPRESENTATIVES]
       
             
By:
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
         
             
By:              
  Authorized Signatory          
 
For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

37

EXHIBIT A
 
Name of Underwriter
Number of Initial Securities
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[ ]
   
TOTAL UNDERWRITERS
[ ]
A-1

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OPINION OF FUND COUNSEL

B-1

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPINION OF ADVISER’S COUNSEL

C-1

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OPINION OF SUBADVISER’S COUNSEL
D-1

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF OPINION OF MARYLAND COUNSEL
E-1

EXHIBIT F

PRICE-RELATED INFORMATION

RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.

Shares offered: _____

Over-allotment option: _____

F-1
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

 
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

( INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS )

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

( OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES )
 
June 5, 2014
 

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of June 5, 2014, is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo Securities,” “we” or “us”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an   Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a   Wire ,” and collectively, an   AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire .” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:

I. GENERAL
 
1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction. Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover sales of Securities in excess of the number of Firm Securities (as defined below), or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.

2

Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover sales of Securities in excess of the number of Firm Securities. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the   Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the   Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the   1933 Act ”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors. 1

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

1.2. Acceptance of AAU.   You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed   In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
 

1
Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision. See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation , U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished).
3

1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire.   Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

2.1. Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a   Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the   Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms   Registration Statement ,”   Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

4

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).

2.2. Non-Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms   Offering Circular ” and   Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).

2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements. You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an   Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY
 
3.1. Terms of Offering. You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the   Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the   Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), state   blue   sky   or   securities   commissions , stock   exchanges,   and   other   regulatory   bodies   or   organizations.   Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder.   The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

5

3.2. Offering Date.   The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering   Date .”

6

3.3. Communications.   Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. You will abide by any restrictions in the Underwriting Agreement relating to any general solicitation, announcement, advertising, or publicity in addition to the restrictions in this Section 3.3. Further, if the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering that would be inconsistent with such exemption. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10, and 10.11 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:
 
(i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

(ii) (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),

(iii) any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,

(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data 2 that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,

7

(vi) any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ”) , so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act, and (B) you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, and

(vii) any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “ Manager-Approved Communication”).
 
3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales. You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
 

2
Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.
8

3.5. Sales to Dealers. You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A   Dealer   will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the   1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a   Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.6. Direct Sales. The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

3.7. Release of Unsold Securities. From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

3.8. International Offerings. In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the   Other Securities ”).

9

IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

4.1. Arrangements for Sales. Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

4.2. Excess Sales. If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.

V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

5.1. Facilitation of Distribution. In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any option to purchase Additional Securities, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

10

5.2. Penalty with Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager. If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

5.3. Compliance with Regulation M. You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions.   You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

11

5.4. Standby   Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided , however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

12

VII. EXPENSES

7.1. Management Fee .   You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

7.2. Offering Expenses. You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges. You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

13

8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities. Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes. The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

9.1. Termination. Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof.   For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts. Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

14

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

9.3. Certain Other Expenses. You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an " Action "), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence   or   willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a)   indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters . None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.   Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

15

9.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “ Written Research Report ”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

16

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.5. Contribution. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided , further , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “ Contributing Underwriters ”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.

17

In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence   or   willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

18

9.6. Separate Counsel. If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.

9.7. Settlement of Actions. Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided , however , that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); 3 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.
 

3
Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement.  For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault.  Further assume that there were two Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault.  If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment).  If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500).  This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement.  By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

19

9.8. Survival. Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

9.9. Replacement of Manager. If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 4

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.
 

4 Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this Agreement..
20

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 5

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

9.10. Notice. When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7   hereof   would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

10.1. Knowledge of Offering. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information. You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
 

5 Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this Master AAU.
21

10.3. Name; Address. Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements. You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

10.5. FINRA Requirements. (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.

(i) If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).

(ii) If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities you also agree to comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (a) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country.

(iii) If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

22

(B) With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “Returned Securities”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co-Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “Designated Syndicate Agent”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.
 
10.6. FATCA Certification. If you are a Foreign Financial Institution (“ FFI ”) as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA (as defined below) (including a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank), you represent that you are not, and have not been identified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) as, a nonparticipating FFI as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA. Unless otherwise agreed, promptly following your acceptance of an AAU for an Offering, but not later than such Offering’s Pricing Date, you will provide us such documents (including an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or an IRS Form W-8BEN if the instructions to the IRS Form W-8BEN-E have not been released) as may be necessary to confirm that no tax is required to be withheld under FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are required to make any deduction or withholding pursuant to or on account of FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not so deduct or withhold and a liability resulting from such failure to withhold or deduct is assessed directly against us, then you will indemnify us therefor (without duplication of any applicable indemnification obligation, and without triggering any contribution obligation of any other Underwriter, with respect thereto under Article IX hereof) and promptly pay us the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest and penalties). “ FATCA ” means sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into thereunder, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.
 
10.7. Further State Notice. The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

10.8. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8. In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

10.9. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

10.10. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
 
10.11. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

10.12. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters. Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.


10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Wells Fargo Securities and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

11.1. Effect of Termination. If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

11.2. Sharing of Liability. If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.
 
11.3. Arrangements for Purchases. The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

XII. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. Obligations Several. Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the IRS.

12.2. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.


12.3. Termination of Master AAU. This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided , however , that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.
 
12.4. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Master AAU and each AAU or the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
12.5. Amendments. This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

12.6. Notices. Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

12.7. Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12.8. Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
26

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Herman
 
 
Name:
David Herman
 
    Title:
Director
 
     
(Authorized Officer)
 
 
Confirmed and accepted
as of November 3, 2014
RCS Capital, the investment banking
capital markets division of Realty
Capital Securities, LLC                          
(Legal Name of Underwriter)
 
405 Park Avenue, Floor 12
New York, NY 10022                            
(Address)

By: RCS Capital Corporation, its managing member
 
Name: Brian D. Jones
 
Title: CFO
        (Authorized Officer)
( If person signing is not an officer
or a partner, please attach instrument
of authorization )

27

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
 
Term
Section Reference
1933 Act
1.1
1934 Act
3.5
AAU
Foreword
ABS Underwriter Derived Information
2.1
Action
9.3
Additional Securities
1.1
Bank
3.5
Code 10.6
Co-Managers
1.1
Commission
2.1
Contract Securities
3.1
Contributing   Underwriters
9.5
Dealer
3.5
Designated Syndicate Agent
10.5
DTC
5.2
FATCA  10.6
Fees and Commissions
1.1
FFI 10.6
FINRA
3.1
Firm Securities
1.1
Free Writing Prospectus
2.1
Guarantor
1.1
In Writing
1.2
Indemnified Party
9.4
Indenture
1.1
International Offering
1.1
Intersyndicate   Agreement
2.3
Invitation Wire
Foreword
IRS  10.6
Issuer
1.1
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
Issuer Information
3.3
Judgment Credit
9.7
Litigation
9.4
Losses
9.4
Manager
1.1
Manager-Approved Communication
3.3
Master AAU
Foreword
Offering
Foreword
Offering Circular
2.2
Offering Date
3.2
Offering Price
1.1
Original Underwriting Obligation
1.1
Preliminary Offering Circular
2.2
 

Preliminary Prospectus
2.1
Pricing Date
1.1
Proceeding
12.4
Prospectus
2.1
Purchase Price
1.1
QIU
9.4
Reallowance
1.1
Registered Offering
2.1
Registration Statement
2.1
Regulation M
5.1
Representative
1.1
Returned Securities
10.5
Securities
1.1
Securities Offering Reform Release
2.1
Seller
1.1
Selling Concession
1.1
Settlement   Date
1.1
Supplemental   Materials
3.3
Syndicate Counsel
9.6
Trustee
1.1
Unauthorized   Material
3.3
Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
Underwriters
1.1
Underwriters’ Securities
3.1
Underwriting Agreement
1.1
Underwriting Percentage
1.1
Wells Fargo Securities
Foreword
Wire
Foreword
Written Research Report
9.4
Written Testing-the-Waters Communication
3.3
 
 
29

EXHIBIT A

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

In connection with each Offering governed by the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated June 5, 2014 except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”), or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:

(i) (neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

(ii) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

(iii) other than as may be stated in the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 31, 2012, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

(iv) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

(v) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;

30

(vi) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

(vii) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term “control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s “associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its “affiliates” and its “associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding “common equity,” “preferred equity” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;

(viii) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

31

(ix) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

(x) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

(xi) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC; Attention: Syndicate Department, at the address noted in the Invitation Wire.

 
32

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

June 10, 2011


This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Master SDA ”), dated as of , , is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“ we ,” “ our ,” “ us ” or the “ Manager ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “ Dealer ,” “ you ” or “ your ”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) of securities (the “ Securities ”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co- managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:

1. Applicability of this Master SDA . The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), and reallowance, if any (the “ Reallowance ”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “ Selected Dealers ”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.

2. Terms of the Offering . We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “ Offering Price ”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) to any such Wire or   other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.


Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.

3. Offering Documents . Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.

4. Offering of Securities .

(a) In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or other non-U.S. institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at   the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and other non-U.S. institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers that are Banks (as defined in Section 10 hereof) and represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to Banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.

2

(b) No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

5. Payment and Delivery . You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

6. Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids . We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with   an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

3

7. Termination .

(a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “ offering provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.

(b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.

8. Amendments . This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.

9. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers . We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.

4

10. FINRA Compliance . You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “ non-member non-U.S. dealer ”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definitions of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:

(i) if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);

(ii) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”)), (y) in making any offers or sales of the Securities, you will comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (A) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (B) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;

5

(iii) if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;

(iv) in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and related interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and

(v) you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 10 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.

11. Blue Sky Matters . Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.

12. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

6

13. Successors and Assigns . This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.

14. Compliance with Law . You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 16(a) and 16(b) hereof.

15. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.

16. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

17. Prohibition on Money Laundering . The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.

7

18. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.

19. Notices . Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.

20. Severability . In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21. Counterparts . This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 16(a) or 16(b) hereof.

( Remainder of page intentionally left blank )
 
( Signature page follows )

8

This Master SDA is dated as of October 31, 2014 and executed by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Realty Capital Securities LLC.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Herman
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
David Herman
 
        Title: Director  
 
Confirmed as of (date):
 
CONFIRMED: October 31, 2014

Realty Capital Securities LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Brian D. Jones
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
  Title:          
 
Address:
 
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:
9

Master Selected Dealers Agreement
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
 
Term
Section Reference
   
1933 Act
1
1934 Act
3
Bank
10
Dealer
Foreword
DTC
5
FINRA
4(a)
Guarantor
3
In Writing
2
Issuer
3
Manager
Foreword
Master SDA
Foreword
Money Laundering Laws
17
non-member non-U.S. dealer
10
Offering
Foreword
Offering Price
2
offering provisions
7(a)
Proceeding
12
Reallowance
1
SEC
6
Securities
1
Selected Dealers
1
Seller
3
Selling Concession
1
Underwriters
1
Wire
2
 
 
10
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[●], 2015

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2015 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”), ALPS Advisors Inc. (the “ Adviser ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Subadviser ” and together with the Adviser, the “ Advisers ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee .

In consideration of your services assisting the Advisers with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares , the Advisers shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the “ Fee ”).  The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).  The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.  In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, you may be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).

 
2.
Term .
 
This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
3. Indemnification .

The Advisers agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4.           Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .The Advisers acknowledge that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services.  The Advisers hereby acknowledge that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary.  Furthermore, the Advisers agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Advisers on related or other matters).

 

5.           Not Exclusive .Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

6.           Assignment .This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7.           Amendment; Waiver .No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8.           Governing Law .This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9.           Counterparts .This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
2

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 
ALPS ADVISORS INC.
       
 
By:
    
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
       
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
       
 
By:
    
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 

Agreed and Accepted:
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
       
By:
     
 
Name:
Jerry Raio
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 

[Structuring Fee Agreement]
3

Indemnification Agreement
 
[●], 2015
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, ALPS Advisors Inc. and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, together with each entity’s respective affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Companies ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [●], 2015   among the Companies and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Companies agree to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Companies will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith.  Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Companies in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Companies (i) will not relieve the Companies from liability under this paragraph to the extent each is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Companies from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.  Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

4

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Companies agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Companies and their respective stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Companies and their respective stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The Companies agree that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Companies and their respective stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Companies or their respective stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Companies contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Companies or other conduct by the Companies (or their respective employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Companies if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Companies were not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Companies will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Companies agree that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Companies or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Companies with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Companies resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

5

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANIES AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THE COMPANIES HEREBY CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANIES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AGREE THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANIES AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANIES ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
6

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement.  This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours,
       
 
ALPS ADVISORS INC.
       
 
By:
     
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
       
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
       
 
By:
    
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 

Agreed and Accepted:
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
       
By:
     
 
Name:
Jerry Raio
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 

[Indemnification Agreement]
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

As independent registered public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated November 24, 2015,   on the financial statement of RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), as of November 20, 2015 and to all references to our firm included in or made a part of this Pre-Effective Amendment under the Securities Act of 1933 and Pre-Effective Amendment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to the RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc’s. Registration Statement on Form N-2.

/s/Cohen Fund Audit Services
COHEN FUND AUDIT SERVICES, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
December 1, 2015
 
XL. Code of Ethics
 
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.

(the “Fund”)

17j-1 CODE OF ETHICS

I. Purpose of the Code of Ethics

This code is based on the principle that, you as an Access Person of the Fund, will conduct your personal investment activities in accordance with:

· the duty at all times to place the interests of the Fund’s shareholders first;

· the requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility; and

· the fundamental standard that Fund personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

In view of the foregoing, the Fund has adopted this Code of Ethics (the "Code") to specify a code of conduct for certain types of personal securities transactions which may involve conflicts of interest or an appearance of impropriety and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.

II. Legal Requirement

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”), it is
unlawful for any Access Person to:

· employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

· make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or fail to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

· engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Fund; or

· engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund,

in connection with the purchase or sale (directly or indirectly) by such Access Person of a security "held or to be acquired" by the Fund.

III. Definitions - All definitions shall have the same meaning as explained in Rule 17j-1 or Section 2(a) of the Act and are summarized below.

Access Person means- Any director, officer, general partner, or Advisory Person of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

For purposes of this Code of Ethics, an “Access Person” does not include any person who is subject to the securities transaction pre-clearance requirements and securities transaction reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics adopted by the Fund’s investment adviser or sub advisor in compliance with rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable.

Automatic Investment Plan – A program in which regular purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and equity. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Advisory Person of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser shall have the same meaning
as that set forth in Rule 17j-1 of the Act.

Beneficial ownership shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Control shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

Covered Security – shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act except that it does not include:

(i) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

(ii)
Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

(iii) Shares issued by open-end funds excluding Exchange-Trade Funds.

Exchange Traded Fund means an open-end registered investment company that is not a unit investment trust, and that operates pursuant to an order from the SEC exempting it from certain provisions of the Investment Company Act permitting it to issue securities that trade on the secondary market. Examples include, but are not limited to: Select Sector SPDRS; iShares; PowerShares; etc.

Fund means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act.

A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

Security held or to be Acquired by the Fund means:

(i) Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:
(A) Is or has been held by the Fund; or
(B) Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment advisor for purchase by the Fund; and

(ii) Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security.

IV. Policies of the Fund Regarding Personal Securities Transactions

General
No Access Person of the Fund shall engage in any act, practice or course of business that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1 as set forth above, or in connection with any personal investment activity, engage in conduct inconsistent with this Code.

Specific Policies
No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he/she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which he/she knows or should have known at the time of such purchase or sale:

· is being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund; or
· is being purchased or sold by the Fund.

Pre-approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings
Access Persons must obtain approval from the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an initial public offering or in a private placement or other limited offering.

V. Reporting Procedures

The Fund shall notify each person (initially, and annually in January of each year) considered to be an Access Person of the Fund that he/she is subject to the reporting requirements detailed in Sections (a), (b) and (c) below and shall deliver a copy of this Code to such Access Person.
In order to provide the Fund with information to enable it to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of this Code are being observed, every Access Person of the Fund must report to the Fund the following:


a) Initial Holdings Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit A, attached hereto, no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, the following information:

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

· The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

This information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an access person.

b) Quarterly Transaction Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit B, attached hereto, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

· The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
· The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
· The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;
· The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and
· The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

Furthermore, an Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under section V.b. of this Code of Ethics with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, each Access Person must report on Exhibit B, attached hereto, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter the following information:

· The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
· The date the account was established; and


· The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

c) Annual Holdings Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit C, attached hereto, annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

· The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

d) Exceptions from Reporting Requirements. Each director who is not an “interested person” of the Fund need not make an initial or annual holdings report but shall submit the same quarterly report as required under paragraphs V.b to the administrator, but only for a transaction in a Covered Security where he or she knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director or officer, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Covered Security is or was purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, by the Fund.

These exceptions do not exclude the director from reporting any holdings or transactions in shares of the Fund in the reports under sections V.a, V.b, or V.c of this Code of Ethics.

VI. Review of Reports

ALPS Advisors, Inc., the adviser to the Fund (“ALPS”), shall be responsible for reviewing the reports received, maintaining a record of the names of the persons responsible for reviewing these reports, and as appropriate, comparing the reports with this Code, and reporting to ALPS’ senior management:

· any transaction that appears to evidence a possible violation of this Code; and

· apparent violations of the reporting requirements stated herein.

ALPS’ senior management shall review the reports made to them hereunder and shall determine whether the policies established in Sections IV and V of this Code have been violated, and what sanctions, if any, should be imposed on the violator. Sanctions include but are not limited to a letter of censure, suspension or termination of the employment of the violator, or the
unwinding of the transaction and the disgorgement of any profits.


ALPS’ senior management and the Board of Directors of the Fund shall review the operation of this Code at least annually. All material violations of this Code and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall periodically be reported to the Board of Directors of the Fund.

VII. Certification

Each Access Person will be required to certify annually that he/she has read and understood the provisions of this Code and will abide by them. Each Access Person will further certify that he/she has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be reported under the Code. A form of such certification is attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Before the Board of Directors of the Fund may approve the code of ethics, the Fund must certify to the Board that the Fund has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating its Code of Ethics. Such certification shall be submitted to the Board of Directors at least annually.

EXHIBIT A
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

To: ALPS Advisors, Inc., as adviser of RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”)

At the time I became an Access Person, I had a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Fund:

Security
Number of Shares
Principal Amount
     
     
     

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows:

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above. I understand that this information must be reported no later than ten (10) days after I became an Access Person.

         
Date
 
Print Name
 
       
        
   
Signature
 
 

EXHIBIT B
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
 
Quarterly Transaction Report
For the Calendar Quarter Ended ____________

To: ALPS Advisors, Inc. as adviser of the above listed Fund

A. Securities Transactions . During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in securities of which I had, or by reason of such transactions acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Fund. I understand that this information must be reported no later than ______.
 
 
Title of
Security
 
Date of
Transaction
Number of
Shares or
Principal
Amount
 
Dollar
Amount of
Transaction
Interest Rate
and Maturity
Date (if
applicable)
Nature of
Transaction
(Purchase,
Sale, Other)
   
Price
Broker/Dealer
or Bank
Through
Whom
Effected
               
               
               

* Transactions that are asterisked indicate transactions in a security where I knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling my official duties as a director or officer, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such security was purchased or sold, or such security was being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund.

B.              New Brokerage Accounts . During the quarter referred to above, I established the following accounts in which securities were held during the quarter for my direct or indirect benefit:

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank
Date Account Was Established:

C.              Other Matters . This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above.

Date:
    
Signature:
 
         
         
     
Print Name:
 
 

EXHIBIT C
 
RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.
ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

For the following period: January 1, 201[ ] – December 31, 201[ ]

To: ALPS Advisors, Inc. as adviser of the above listed Fund

As of the period referred to above, I have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Fund:
 
Security
Number of Shares
Principal Amount
     
     
     
 
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows:

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above.
 
         
Date
 
Print Name
 
       
        
   
Signature
 


EXHIBIT D

RIVERNORTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND, INC.

ANNUAL CERTIFICATE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Ethics of the Fund, the undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

1.
I have read the Fund’s Code of Ethics.

2.
I understand the Code of Ethics and acknowledge that I am subject to it.

3.
Since the date of the last Annual Certificate (if any) given pursuant to the Code of Ethics, I have reported all personal securities transactions and provided any securities holding reports required to be reported under the requirements of the Code of Ethics.
 
         
Date
 
Print Name
 
       
        
   
Signature